From b8be593f5669a1b4fd5d738f86e63c9f6c9cf471 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: DrywFiltiarn Date: Mon, 2 Dec 2019 20:20:53 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 01/24] Added LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 to all configs --- Marlin/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ config/default/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../SKR Mini E3 1.0/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../SKR Mini E3 1.2/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ config/examples/FYSETC/S6/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/Geeetech/A10T/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/Geeetech/A20/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/Geeetech/A20T/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/Geeetech/A30/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/Geeetech/E180/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/Modix/Big60/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Renkforce/RF100/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Renkforce/RF100XL/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Renkforce/RF100v2/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../SCARA/MP_SCARA/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/SCARA/Morgan/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../K8400/Dual-head/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ .../examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h | 18 ++++++++++++++++++ 119 files changed, 2142 insertions(+) diff --git a/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h index 0717a3ac5489..84a23d1c09d1 100644 --- a/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/default/Configuration_adv.h b/config/default/Configuration_adv.h index 0717a3ac5489..84a23d1c09d1 100644 --- a/config/default/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/default/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h index f6e0e67bf705..3ae4c89b4256 100644 --- a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h index ddc6418dedad..626c4de4cd74 100644 --- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h index feb2bf655f17..76be7c5b93af 100644 --- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h index c9102adff827..22d2448e0e51 100644 --- a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h index 5e2d69cf3b70..16f0cf511b11 100644 --- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2440,6 +2440,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h index 4378e881ceea..83099c200867 100644 --- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,6 +2439,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h index 6b222a360643..64f09e317882 100644 --- a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2440,6 +2440,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h index 0877df9123d3..51abf4171c47 100644 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h index 0877df9123d3..51abf4171c47 100644 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h index 237b4f04f03e..7613ef0ea64d 100644 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h index 78779f071e24..3efa64cb5d6d 100644 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h index d59f89b1de28..4ca9671446cb 100644 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h index b0912b3500dc..c743e8c7391c 100644 --- a/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h index 077a2c5f0e4b..85d03c1c88f3 100644 --- a/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h index b7394506be20..a43896c817a6 100644 --- a/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2442,6 +2442,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h index 4cf9824a7337..24662fe13b8b 100644 --- a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h index 4c459ab463b0..2de06c45a7b7 100644 --- a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h index b3bc3c2ce3ba..07c2fb19c999 100644 --- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h index 26482ce44d1f..9e4f9b13c833 100644 --- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2446,6 +2446,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h index b3bc3c2ce3ba..07c2fb19c999 100644 --- a/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.0/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.0/Configuration_adv.h index 905457171661..79f46284438d 100644 --- a/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.0/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.0/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.2/Configuration_adv.h index 7bdbe0e295fb..70de968f0d92 100644 --- a/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h index 88fe81eff364..ac4893b084fc 100644 --- a/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h index 3b565345ff07..5e0eb34cf230 100644 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h index 9cc92fe441f0..7d19a080fda4 100644 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h index c83327f0d6c0..da65ea45c821 100644 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h index 056b8b42b6f2..73c04fd95392 100644 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h index fc71e44766da..c529c7e952b5 100644 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h index f390ef926a21..38453a009e92 100644 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h index a6aa9683b678..a9f604d8838e 100644 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h index 58c274755904..0d89e80306d4 100644 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h index fbc88da5ca90..dd327419559d 100644 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h index 18ea1bc67cc7..d36ba6c1e685 100644 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h index 7fcfa0ea491b..e9d0e400243d 100644 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h index df8258fee1b6..777351382bc6 100644 --- a/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h index 8957ef0602f8..c0c069477e18 100755 --- a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h index f241d3ca02f8..b4c1764772d2 100644 --- a/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h index fae2e76c716b..2bb77b946cea 100644 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h index b4e3f7dd1de0..8502372a864e 100644 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h index b4e3f7dd1de0..8502372a864e 100644 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h index b4e3f7dd1de0..8502372a864e 100644 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h index b4e3f7dd1de0..8502372a864e 100644 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h index a627f47fa2e2..cfdb570cd3d0 100644 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/S6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/S6/Configuration_adv.h index 0717a3ac5489..84a23d1c09d1 100644 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/S6/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/FYSETC/S6/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration_adv.h index c34ef9d136be..73053dc6d17d 100644 --- a/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h index c34ef9d136be..73053dc6d17d 100644 --- a/config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h index 2b5601c884f3..2bee252b9466 100644 --- a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2437,6 +2437,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h index 32e7fa59219b..3093b44720a7 100644 --- a/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h index 067a228b36a0..71fb3f971f61 100644 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2440,6 +2440,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h index a26f7919575a..80f71bcfd43b 100644 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2442,6 +2442,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h index 9b94acd2c702..89219a8fda7b 100644 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2442,6 +2442,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h index 27ba0139023a..862429a97bbf 100644 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h index 0acc6c12cafe..86ce207499a5 100644 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10T/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10T/Configuration_adv.h index 0acc6c12cafe..86ce207499a5 100644 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10T/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10T/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20/Configuration_adv.h index 80c55b93eaf0..9fb400627712 100644 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h index 80c55b93eaf0..9fb400627712 100644 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20T/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20T/Configuration_adv.h index 80c55b93eaf0..9fb400627712 100644 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20T/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20T/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A30/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A30/Configuration_adv.h index 25b9c8f653a0..343709872987 100644 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A30/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/A30/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2437,6 +2437,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/E180/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/E180/Configuration_adv.h index 580542d53991..e8400170d630 100644 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/E180/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/E180/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2437,6 +2437,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h index 010e16912942..906ff1f495ef 100644 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2437,6 +2437,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h index 27ba0139023a..862429a97bbf 100644 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h index 27ba0139023a..862429a97bbf 100644 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h index e711a451caac..bd82182186f8 100644 --- a/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2430,6 +2430,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h index 7d53047a3694..045f6934f713 100644 --- a/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h index 9121532034af..0aa25d7ebf66 100644 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2443,6 +2443,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h index 223817755505..c7b1113df406 100644 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h index 9121532034af..0aa25d7ebf66 100644 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2443,6 +2443,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h index 1ffe2ebd84a8..e5018328f55f 100644 --- a/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h index 3f8ddd31d6c8..babc8d274bcd 100644 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h index cc105c2da2fc..fe1e25870777 100644 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2440,6 +2440,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h index 850f484e367e..c331d6794ba1 100644 --- a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h index a53aef7c8526..fb1e5db02bb0 100644 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h index 95fd438f528b..5eb5edebc01d 100644 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,6 +2439,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Modix/Big60/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Modix/Big60/Configuration_adv.h index c559d78c71a9..cdb2f91f2276 100644 --- a/config/examples/Modix/Big60/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Modix/Big60/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h index e4a5da79c1d0..47c574819482 100644 --- a/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100/Configuration_adv.h index 213d7cdfdc65..860b6fad43b2 100644 --- a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100XL/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100XL/Configuration_adv.h index 213d7cdfdc65..860b6fad43b2 100644 --- a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100XL/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100XL/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100v2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100v2/Configuration_adv.h index 213d7cdfdc65..860b6fad43b2 100644 --- a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100v2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100v2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h index 3975154abf1d..e37e7d0c9e46 100644 --- a/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/SCARA/MP_SCARA/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/SCARA/MP_SCARA/Configuration_adv.h index 9f989da02a1d..2ee8888d6337 100644 --- a/config/examples/SCARA/MP_SCARA/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/SCARA/MP_SCARA/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2334,6 +2334,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/SCARA/Morgan/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/SCARA/Morgan/Configuration_adv.h index 15f2467c471b..aef257924741 100644 --- a/config/examples/SCARA/Morgan/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/SCARA/Morgan/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2435,6 +2435,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h index 0c639dd7f924..184851818c7d 100644 --- a/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h index ca5e4ef67f19..9d500e807cf0 100644 --- a/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h index 7e4d756af43b..3d1de8f31c40 100644 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h index 544fdaa9a99f..0896f8e9d2c7 100755 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h index 5404212285e0..65e2d9e91829 100755 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h index 5404212285e0..65e2d9e91829 100755 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h index 9bf9b90243c2..9ca7b54ea2c2 100644 --- a/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h index e31f45fc4066..a0c6e0a687c8 100644 --- a/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h index 06c9241c3d52..5b60eef8a022 100644 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h index 5b0f04f4da28..0c58f41d73e7 100644 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h index b7530e6a837a..ac55237946e3 100644 --- a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h index cef11435db4a..6e1acc6f1207 100644 --- a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h index a5789a18351d..af949ff3c0c8 100644 --- a/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h index 9b3b9a0a4884..64f0013fb54e 100644 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2451,6 +2451,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration_adv.h index 07af8fcd6136..73d342ca597e 100644 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h index 07af8fcd6136..73d342ca597e 100644 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h index 809abb271d77..29b98d60bf12 100644 --- a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h index 21733192ba6b..42d99337c265 100644 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2440,6 +2440,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration_adv.h index d59240d47b28..e815fe67d399 100644 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h index 7fa89df75a75..eca7f0e625b2 100644 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h index 0ff2007af816..f8bb406b8c4a 100644 --- a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2440,6 +2440,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h index 4e37d612695b..5962fb37d83b 100644 --- a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,6 +2439,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h index ae0c19461217..ebbb9a1c044c 100644 --- a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2440,6 +2440,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h index 8700b7a8ca4f..c58b75a4b26e 100644 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2440,6 +2440,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h index 8700b7a8ca4f..c58b75a4b26e 100644 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2440,6 +2440,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h index 3f5fc35abb00..35eaee2c50ac 100644 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2440,6 +2440,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h index 888e948d7c75..185f4e05d2b6 100644 --- a/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2440,6 +2440,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h index d0eed756e0f4..a07c71549f81 100644 --- a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2440,6 +2440,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h index 14d291573a7a..7ff018be2ca9 100644 --- a/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2440,6 +2440,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h index 3f5fc35abb00..35eaee2c50ac 100644 --- a/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2440,6 +2440,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h index 3f5fc35abb00..35eaee2c50ac 100644 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2440,6 +2440,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h index 94d1be3f058e..715cd07d817e 100644 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2440,6 +2440,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h index a7f48ffe6285..5c09b734b676 100644 --- a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h index 89cf726681fc..1b318c8fe15f 100644 --- a/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h index bb048056887b..be43df6940a4 100644 --- a/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,6 +2438,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * diff --git a/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h index 996debc84474..761b0188f887 100644 --- a/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,6 +2439,24 @@ #endif #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control + * + * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan + * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. + * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller + * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with + * the movement systems in X/Y axis. + * + * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the + * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. + * + * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling + * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not + * even noticeable. + */ +//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 + /** * Coolant Control * From ee87a3dcb0ea68d352b7d98518b01cf22a54147a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: DrywFiltiarn Date: Mon, 2 Dec 2019 20:45:01 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 02/24] Add sanity checks for LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 --- Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h | 20 ++++++++++++++++++++ 1 file changed, 20 insertions(+) diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h index fc75fed5459e..96611087ef07 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -1021,6 +1021,26 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #error "To use BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING you must disable PIDTEMPBED." #endif +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 for laser vs kickstart fan ports + * This is highly ill-advised, as the sychronous M106/M107 is for explict use with lasers, + * kickstarting them can have unexpected side effects. + */ +#if BOTH(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107, FAN_KICKSTART_TIME) + #error "Do not use FAN_KICKSTART_TIME in conjunction with LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 as this would start laser in full-power when it's turned on." +#endif + +/** + * Synchronous M106/M107 for laser vs defined or non zero FAN_MIN_PWM + * Laser should not be run with a FAN_MIN_PWM, as this would mean the laser can never + * be turned off fully. Note that FAN_MAX_PWM can be permissible (and perhaps needed) + * in order to limit power to the laser under certain conditions. + */ +#if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) && FAN_MIN_PWM > 0 + #error "Do not use FAN_MIN_PWM in conjuction with LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 as this disallows the laser to be fully off." +#endif + + /** * Kinematics */ From 00cde38165a0a96c65f50c94f8af718ca681d71a Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: DrywFiltiarn Date: Mon, 2 Dec 2019 21:08:27 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 03/24] Implement logic for synchronous M106/M107 execute --- Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M106_M107.cpp | 9 +++ Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp | 92 ++++++++++++++-------- Marlin/src/module/planner.h | 19 ++++- Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp | 14 +++- 4 files changed, 97 insertions(+), 37 deletions(-) diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M106_M107.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M106_M107.cpp index ede826a3f16d..eef9f16e9d3b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M106_M107.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M106_M107.cpp @@ -26,6 +26,9 @@ #include "../gcode.h" #include "../../module/motion.h" +#if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) + #include "../../module/planner.h" +#endif #include "../../module/temperature.h" #if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) @@ -63,6 +66,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::M106() { NOMORE(s, 255U); thermalManager.set_fan_speed(p, s); + #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) + planner.buffer_sync_block(BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_FANS); + #endif } } @@ -72,6 +78,9 @@ void GcodeSuite::M106() { void GcodeSuite::M107() { const uint8_t p = parser.byteval('P', _ALT_P); thermalManager.set_fan_speed(p, 0); + #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) + planner.buffer_sync_block(BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_FANS); + #endif } #endif // FAN_COUNT > 0 diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp index c95426154f8b..950221732caa 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp @@ -1187,8 +1187,10 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { xyze_bool_t axis_active = { false }; #endif - #if FAN_COUNT > 0 - uint8_t tail_fan_speed[FAN_COUNT]; + #if DISABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + uint8_t tail_fan_speed[FAN_COUNT]; + #endif #endif #if ENABLED(BARICUDA) @@ -1202,13 +1204,14 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { if (has_blocks_queued()) { - #if FAN_COUNT > 0 || ENABLED(BARICUDA) + #if (DISABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) && FAN_COUNT > 0) || ENABLED(BARICUDA) block_t *block = &block_buffer[block_buffer_tail]; #endif - #if FAN_COUNT > 0 - FANS_LOOP(i) - tail_fan_speed[i] = thermalManager.scaledFanSpeed(i, block->fan_speed[i]); + #if DISABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + FANS_LOOP(i) tail_fan_speed[i] = thermalManager.scaledFanSpeed(i, block->fan_speed[i]); + #endif #endif #if ENABLED(BARICUDA) @@ -1233,9 +1236,10 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { cutter.refresh(); #endif - #if FAN_COUNT > 0 - FANS_LOOP(i) - tail_fan_speed[i] = thermalManager.scaledFanSpeed(i); + #if DISABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + FANS_LOOP(i) tail_fan_speed[i] = thermalManager.scaledFanSpeed(i); + #endif #endif #if ENABLED(BARICUDA) @@ -1266,28 +1270,52 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { // // Update Fan speeds + // Only if synchronous M106/M107 is disabled // - #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + #if DISABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + sync_fan_speeds(tail_fan_speed); + #endif + #endif + + #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) + getHighESpeed(); + #endif + #if ENABLED(BARICUDA) + #if HAS_HEATER_1 + analogWrite(pin_t(HEATER_1_PIN), tail_valve_pressure); + #endif + #if HAS_HEATER_2 + analogWrite(pin_t(HEATER_2_PIN), tail_e_to_p_pressure); + #endif + #endif +} + +/** + * Apply fan speeds + */ +#if FAN_COUNT > 0 + void Planner::sync_fan_speeds(uint8_t fan_speed[FAN_COUNT]) { #if FAN_KICKSTART_TIME > 0 static millis_t fan_kick_end[FAN_COUNT] = { 0 }; #define KICKSTART_FAN(f) \ - if (tail_fan_speed[f]) { \ + if (fan_speed[f]) { \ millis_t ms = millis(); \ if (fan_kick_end[f] == 0) { \ fan_kick_end[f] = ms + FAN_KICKSTART_TIME; \ - tail_fan_speed[f] = 255; \ + fan_speed[f] = 255; \ } else if (PENDING(ms, fan_kick_end[f])) \ - tail_fan_speed[f] = 255; \ + fan_speed[f] = 255; \ } else fan_kick_end[f] = 0 #else #define KICKSTART_FAN(f) NOOP #endif #if FAN_MIN_PWM != 0 || FAN_MAX_PWM != 255 - #define CALC_FAN_SPEED(f) (tail_fan_speed[f] ? map(tail_fan_speed[f], 1, 255, FAN_MIN_PWM, FAN_MAX_PWM) : FAN_OFF_PWM) + #define CALC_FAN_SPEED(f) (fan_speed[f] ? map(fan_speed[f], 1, 255, FAN_MIN_PWM, FAN_MAX_PWM) : FAN_OFF_PWM) #else - #define CALC_FAN_SPEED(f) (tail_fan_speed[f] ?: FAN_OFF_PWM) + #define CALC_FAN_SPEED(f) (fan_speed[f] ?: FAN_OFF_PWM) #endif #if ENABLED(FAN_SOFT_PWM) @@ -1308,22 +1336,8 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { #if HAS_FAN2 FAN_SET(2); #endif - - #endif // FAN_COUNT > 0 - - #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - getHighESpeed(); - #endif - - #if ENABLED(BARICUDA) - #if HAS_HEATER_1 - analogWrite(pin_t(HEATER_1_PIN), tail_valve_pressure); - #endif - #if HAS_HEATER_2 - analogWrite(pin_t(HEATER_2_PIN), tail_e_to_p_pressure); - #endif - #endif -} + } +#endif #if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) @@ -2457,7 +2471,11 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, * Planner::buffer_sync_block * Add a block to the buffer that just updates the position */ -void Planner::buffer_sync_block() { +void Planner::buffer_sync_block( + #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) + uint8_t sync_type = BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION + #endif +) { // Wait for the next available block uint8_t next_buffer_head; block_t * const block = get_next_free_block(next_buffer_head); @@ -2465,10 +2483,18 @@ void Planner::buffer_sync_block() { // Clear block memset(block, 0, sizeof(block_t)); - block->flag = BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION; + #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) + block->flag = sync_type; + #else + block->flag = BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION; + #endif block->position = position; + #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) && FAN_COUNT > 0 + FANS_LOOP(i) block->fan_speed[i] = thermalManager.fan_speed[i]; + #endif + // If this is the first added movement, reload the delay, otherwise, cancel it. if (block_buffer_head == block_buffer_tail) { // If it was the first queued block, restart the 1st block delivery delay, to diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.h b/Marlin/src/module/planner.h index a79c5bfd38e4..f52d21fc9cfc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.h @@ -73,14 +73,18 @@ enum BlockFlagBit : char { BLOCK_BIT_CONTINUED, // Sync the stepper counts from the block - BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION + BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION, + + // Sync the fan speeds from the block + BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_FANS }; enum BlockFlag : char { BLOCK_FLAG_RECALCULATE = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_RECALCULATE), BLOCK_FLAG_NOMINAL_LENGTH = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_NOMINAL_LENGTH), BLOCK_FLAG_CONTINUED = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_CONTINUED), - BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION) + BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION), + BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_FANS = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_FANS) }; /** @@ -383,6 +387,11 @@ class Planner { // Manage fans, paste pressure, etc. static void check_axes_activity(); + // Apply fan speeds + #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + static void sync_fan_speeds(uint8_t fan_speed[FAN_COUNT]); + #endif + // Update multipliers based on new diameter measurements static void calculate_volumetric_multipliers(); @@ -620,7 +629,11 @@ class Planner { * Planner::buffer_sync_block * Add a block to the buffer that just updates the position */ - static void buffer_sync_block(); + static void buffer_sync_block( + #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) + uint8_t sync_type + #endif + ); #if IS_KINEMATIC private: diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp index f59b7a42a39b..f46eed3eff01 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp @@ -1657,7 +1657,7 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { // Anything in the buffer? if ((current_block = planner.get_current_block())) { - // Sync block? Sync the stepper counts and return + // Sync position block? Sync the stepper counts and return while (TEST(current_block->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION)) { _set_position(current_block->position); planner.discard_current_block(); @@ -1667,6 +1667,18 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { return interval; // No more queued movements! } + // Sync fans block? Sync the fans and return + #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) + while (TEST(current_block->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_FANS)) { + planner.sync_fan_speeds(current_block->fan_speed); + planner.discard_current_block(); + + // Try to get a new block + if (!(current_block = planner.get_current_block())) + return interval; // No more queue movements! + } + #endif + #if HAS_CUTTER cutter.apply_power(current_block->cutter_power); #endif From 8ac04094a1280fa48efc6fe7fb0ddfea36d76ef2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: DrywFiltiarn Date: Mon, 2 Dec 2019 21:18:59 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 04/24] Corrected inline documentation --- Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp | 7 ++++--- Marlin/src/module/planner.h | 5 +++-- 2 files changed, 7 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp index 950221732caa..6178b6b5dce3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp @@ -2469,11 +2469,12 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, /** * Planner::buffer_sync_block - * Add a block to the buffer that just updates the position +* Add a block to the buffer that just updates the position or in +* case of LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 the fan pwm */ void Planner::buffer_sync_block( #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) - uint8_t sync_type = BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION + uint8_t sync_flag = BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION #endif ) { // Wait for the next available block @@ -2484,7 +2485,7 @@ void Planner::buffer_sync_block( memset(block, 0, sizeof(block_t)); #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) - block->flag = sync_type; + block->flag = sync_flag; #else block->flag = BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION; #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.h b/Marlin/src/module/planner.h index f52d21fc9cfc..7aae9b82deab 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.h @@ -627,11 +627,12 @@ class Planner { /** * Planner::buffer_sync_block - * Add a block to the buffer that just updates the position + * Add a block to the buffer that just updates the position or in + * case of LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 the fan pwm */ static void buffer_sync_block( #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) - uint8_t sync_type + uint8_t sync_flag #endif ); From 87c162292b4f3872eda808453ef2d2dcd2abe8dc Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: DrywFiltiarn Date: Mon, 2 Dec 2019 21:23:17 +0100 Subject: [PATCH 05/24] Exclude sync fan blocks in recalculations --- Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp | 8 ++++---- 1 file changed, 4 insertions(+), 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp index 6178b6b5dce3..b28c5019efe0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp @@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ void Planner::reverse_pass() { block_t *current = &block_buffer[block_index]; // Only consider non sync blocks - if (!TEST(current->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION)) { + if (!TEST(current->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION) && !TEST(current->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_FANS)) { reverse_pass_kernel(current, next); next = current; } @@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ void Planner::forward_pass() { block = &block_buffer[block_index]; // Skip SYNC blocks - if (!TEST(block->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION)) { + if (!TEST(block->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION) && !TEST(block->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_FANS)) { // If there's no previous block or the previous block is not // BUSY (thus, modifiable) run the forward_pass_kernel. Otherwise, // the previous block became BUSY, so assume the current block's @@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@ void Planner::recalculate_trapezoids() { block_t *prev = &block_buffer[prev_index]; // If not dealing with a sync block, we are done. The last block is not a SYNC block - if (!TEST(prev->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION)) break; + if (!TEST(prev->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION) && !TEST(prev->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_FANS)) break; // Examine the previous block. This and all following are SYNC blocks head_block_index = prev_index; @@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ void Planner::recalculate_trapezoids() { next = &block_buffer[block_index]; // Skip sync blocks - if (!TEST(next->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION)) { + if (!TEST(next->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION) && !TEST(next->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_FANS)) { next_entry_speed = SQRT(next->entry_speed_sqr); if (block) { From 4d0b4620ac92486bbe98275e38f4ee7011cc3a8b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Scott Lahteine Date: Tue, 3 Dec 2019 04:02:23 -0600 Subject: [PATCH 06/24] Update config comments, clean whitespace --- Marlin/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ config/default/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../SKR Mini E3 1.0/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../SKR Mini E3 1.2/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ config/examples/FYSETC/S6/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Geeetech/A10T/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../examples/Geeetech/A20/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Geeetech/A20T/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../examples/Geeetech/A30/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ config/examples/Geeetech/E180/Configuration.h | 6 ++--- .../Geeetech/E180/Configuration_adv.h | 22 ++++++------------- .../Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../examples/Modix/Big60/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Renkforce/RF100/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Renkforce/RF100XL/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Renkforce/RF100v2/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../SCARA/MP_SCARA/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../examples/SCARA/Morgan/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../K8400/Dual-head/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ .../tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h | 20 +++++------------ 120 files changed, 718 insertions(+), 1670 deletions(-) diff --git a/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h index 84a23d1c09d1..b9e0675a02cb 100644 --- a/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/default/Configuration_adv.h b/config/default/Configuration_adv.h index 84a23d1c09d1..b9e0675a02cb 100644 --- a/config/default/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/default/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h index 3ae4c89b4256..31d9bea07c67 100644 --- a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h index 626c4de4cd74..e8ca723d1178 100644 --- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h index 76be7c5b93af..89e335df96b9 100644 --- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h index 22d2448e0e51..9dd2f5924112 100644 --- a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h index 16f0cf511b11..9df011bcfcec 100644 --- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2441,20 +2441,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h index 83099c200867..0bed69572415 100644 --- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2440,20 +2440,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h index 64f09e317882..310e3adf751c 100644 --- a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2441,20 +2441,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h index 51abf4171c47..8b65c8cc5918 100644 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h index 51abf4171c47..8b65c8cc5918 100644 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h index 7613ef0ea64d..2a55b6d4955a 100644 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h index 3efa64cb5d6d..1a1618053437 100644 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h index 4ca9671446cb..cbca80638506 100644 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h index c743e8c7391c..850134acc3f4 100644 --- a/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h index 85d03c1c88f3..317e3f92f532 100644 --- a/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h index a43896c817a6..3928dabb528b 100644 --- a/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2443,20 +2443,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h index 24662fe13b8b..e81618c67e0e 100644 --- a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h index 2de06c45a7b7..ad686c54bfd2 100644 --- a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h index 07c2fb19c999..79fea4966ac4 100644 --- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h index 9e4f9b13c833..ea8fdbf34982 100644 --- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2447,20 +2447,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h index 07c2fb19c999..79fea4966ac4 100644 --- a/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.0/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.0/Configuration_adv.h index 79f46284438d..213e016be840 100644 --- a/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.0/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.0/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.2/Configuration_adv.h index 70de968f0d92..66a1f5faed7a 100644 --- a/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h index ac4893b084fc..a3dc40f8df21 100644 --- a/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h index 5e0eb34cf230..cb87c61be996 100644 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h index 7d19a080fda4..9de4ed4b41f8 100644 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h index da65ea45c821..95686491effd 100644 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h index 73c04fd95392..d213d3c2515e 100644 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h index c529c7e952b5..bf07669eb573 100644 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h index 38453a009e92..29ecd19baa09 100644 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h index a9f604d8838e..6f43562a513b 100644 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h index 0d89e80306d4..cc681f49d16c 100644 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h index dd327419559d..b62bd54c2eab 100644 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h index d36ba6c1e685..6100435d9b0f 100644 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h index e9d0e400243d..9627cf8100d6 100644 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h index 777351382bc6..f1343cfa6fd9 100644 --- a/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h index c0c069477e18..0d6f64a42f28 100755 --- a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h index b4c1764772d2..72a9ac4a7bc4 100644 --- a/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h index 2bb77b946cea..997ea7f3928f 100644 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h index 8502372a864e..b99d3a4a829d 100644 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h index 8502372a864e..b99d3a4a829d 100644 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h index 8502372a864e..b99d3a4a829d 100644 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h index 8502372a864e..b99d3a4a829d 100644 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h index cfdb570cd3d0..357d7ebe51d6 100644 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/S6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/S6/Configuration_adv.h index 84a23d1c09d1..b9e0675a02cb 100644 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/S6/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/FYSETC/S6/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration_adv.h index 73053dc6d17d..4800cf4ce70b 100644 --- a/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h index 73053dc6d17d..4800cf4ce70b 100644 --- a/config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h index 2bee252b9466..5c9cadd9bb17 100644 --- a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,20 +2438,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h index 3093b44720a7..4be34a2b3bf5 100644 --- a/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h index 71fb3f971f61..5f0e1c176203 100644 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2441,20 +2441,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h index 80f71bcfd43b..e91ceff363b0 100644 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2443,20 +2443,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h index 89219a8fda7b..99f948ae259a 100644 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2443,20 +2443,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h index 862429a97bbf..6790fe757be1 100644 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h index 86ce207499a5..2f47b019b9c5 100644 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10T/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10T/Configuration_adv.h index 86ce207499a5..2f47b019b9c5 100644 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10T/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10T/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20/Configuration_adv.h index 9fb400627712..894112c6ae64 100644 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h index 9fb400627712..894112c6ae64 100644 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20T/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20T/Configuration_adv.h index 9fb400627712..894112c6ae64 100644 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20T/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20T/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A30/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A30/Configuration_adv.h index 343709872987..5c2f7b1e6803 100644 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A30/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/A30/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,20 +2438,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/E180/Configuration.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/E180/Configuration.h index 7a5fc292f7df..ed7a4c3e942d 100644 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/E180/Configuration.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/E180/Configuration.h @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it //FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 C8 S200 U" HOTEND PID - + #define DEFAULT_Kp 45.80 #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.61 #define DEFAULT_Kd 145.39 @@ -515,7 +515,7 @@ #if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED) //#define MIN_BED_POWER 0 //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port. - + // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S60" #endif // PIDTEMPBED @@ -1084,7 +1084,7 @@ #if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR) #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each. #define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN 66 - #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the sensors. - some of the geeetech filament sensors are false + #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the sensors. - some of the geeetech filament sensors are false #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins. //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins. diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/E180/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/E180/Configuration_adv.h index e8400170d630..5c2f7b1e6803 100644 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/E180/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/E180/Configuration_adv.h @@ -1722,7 +1722,7 @@ * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE +//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. @@ -2438,20 +2438,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h index 906ff1f495ef..d7761d959e1e 100644 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2438,20 +2438,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h index 862429a97bbf..6790fe757be1 100644 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h index 862429a97bbf..6790fe757be1 100644 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h index bd82182186f8..9de45439fa3b 100644 --- a/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2431,20 +2431,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h index 045f6934f713..3c77edc7f450 100644 --- a/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h index 0aa25d7ebf66..ca61ddf2422d 100644 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2444,20 +2444,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h index c7b1113df406..10fdb897311e 100644 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h index 0aa25d7ebf66..ca61ddf2422d 100644 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2444,20 +2444,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h index e5018328f55f..c369b0c58e1e 100644 --- a/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h index babc8d274bcd..6188756b7965 100644 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h index fe1e25870777..6ad6ae8cd5f5 100644 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2441,20 +2441,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h index c331d6794ba1..2b2585664820 100644 --- a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h index fb1e5db02bb0..62c3c84c2c0f 100644 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h index 5eb5edebc01d..3f3e735a7f50 100644 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2440,20 +2440,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Modix/Big60/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Modix/Big60/Configuration_adv.h index cdb2f91f2276..bf06dd499602 100644 --- a/config/examples/Modix/Big60/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Modix/Big60/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h index 47c574819482..b6d2f4acfcba 100644 --- a/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100/Configuration_adv.h index 860b6fad43b2..4f229a31f518 100644 --- a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100XL/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100XL/Configuration_adv.h index 860b6fad43b2..4f229a31f518 100644 --- a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100XL/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100XL/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100v2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100v2/Configuration_adv.h index 860b6fad43b2..4f229a31f518 100644 --- a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100v2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100v2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h index e37e7d0c9e46..1bc409028f4c 100644 --- a/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/SCARA/MP_SCARA/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/SCARA/MP_SCARA/Configuration_adv.h index 2ee8888d6337..4faeb53ecf5a 100644 --- a/config/examples/SCARA/MP_SCARA/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/SCARA/MP_SCARA/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2335,20 +2335,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/SCARA/Morgan/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/SCARA/Morgan/Configuration_adv.h index aef257924741..0715c5423487 100644 --- a/config/examples/SCARA/Morgan/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/SCARA/Morgan/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2436,20 +2436,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h index 184851818c7d..c1bfdc1c2e42 100644 --- a/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h index 9d500e807cf0..64f12124902e 100644 --- a/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h index 3d1de8f31c40..e96a3da312bd 100644 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h index 0896f8e9d2c7..1d2f34855a4c 100755 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h index 65e2d9e91829..7877585ea67b 100755 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h index 65e2d9e91829..7877585ea67b 100755 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h index 9ca7b54ea2c2..72a898df1ea9 100644 --- a/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h index a0c6e0a687c8..95e705f2fb2f 100644 --- a/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h index 5b60eef8a022..a9348d60569b 100644 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h index 0c58f41d73e7..1c9a8c93cf55 100644 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h index ac55237946e3..6626acb6b266 100644 --- a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h index 6e1acc6f1207..5c47c76a21a3 100644 --- a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h index af949ff3c0c8..ec7433d91e3b 100644 --- a/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h index 64f0013fb54e..fe94968d3a58 100644 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2452,20 +2452,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration_adv.h index 73d342ca597e..57b1a045dcf1 100644 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h index 73d342ca597e..57b1a045dcf1 100644 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h index 29b98d60bf12..3124b1f3ae60 100644 --- a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h index 42d99337c265..e5c9ab56e61f 100644 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2441,20 +2441,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration_adv.h index e815fe67d399..cefe1ced46b2 100644 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h index eca7f0e625b2..e7a24c1557d8 100644 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h index f8bb406b8c4a..f6884abf93c2 100644 --- a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2441,20 +2441,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h index 5962fb37d83b..e2fa355e3761 100644 --- a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2440,20 +2440,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h index ebbb9a1c044c..ed54c18bbf9e 100644 --- a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2441,20 +2441,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h index c58b75a4b26e..883ef572df95 100644 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2441,20 +2441,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h index c58b75a4b26e..883ef572df95 100644 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2441,20 +2441,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h index 35eaee2c50ac..65ce9b989f5a 100644 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2441,20 +2441,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h index 185f4e05d2b6..160203440165 100644 --- a/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2441,20 +2441,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h index a07c71549f81..8db9b6b763aa 100644 --- a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2441,20 +2441,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h index 7ff018be2ca9..6e146d52794a 100644 --- a/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2441,20 +2441,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h index 35eaee2c50ac..65ce9b989f5a 100644 --- a/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2441,20 +2441,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h index 35eaee2c50ac..65ce9b989f5a 100644 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2441,20 +2441,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h index 715cd07d817e..308a53615e22 100644 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2441,20 +2441,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h index 5c09b734b676..8bd3d91e0c27 100644 --- a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h index 1b318c8fe15f..98c736fa95d1 100644 --- a/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h index be43df6940a4..1a2012da3b45 100644 --- a/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2439,20 +2439,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 diff --git a/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h index 761b0188f887..5891171ef4f6 100644 --- a/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h @@ -2440,20 +2440,12 @@ #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 laser control - * - * By default Marlin will set M106/M107 fan speed as fast as possible on the fan - * ports. Considering time needed for fans to spin up/down this is normally fine. - * HOWEVER, when the fan header of a board is used in conjunction with controller - * a PWM/TTL laser, this means that the control of the laser is out of sync with - * the movement systems in X/Y axis. - * - * To synchronize the M106/M107 commands with motion, you can enable the - * LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_FAN_CONTROL option below. - * - * Enabling this comes as a minor sacrifice to setting fan speeds on a part cooling - * fan, however, in most cases the effect will be so minor, that is most like not - * even noticeable. + * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 + * + * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine + * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * + * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ //#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 From f30a0a6e4a81864e8fe1237775ecc38d76f89240 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Scott Lahteine Date: Tue, 3 Dec 2019 04:02:43 -0600 Subject: [PATCH 07/24] Basic fixes and cleanup --- Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M106_M107.cpp | 4 +- Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h | 23 ++--- Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp | 104 ++++++++++----------- Marlin/src/module/planner.h | 9 +- Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp | 25 ++--- 5 files changed, 79 insertions(+), 86 deletions(-) diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M106_M107.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M106_M107.cpp index eef9f16e9d3b..ed322c201372 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M106_M107.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temperature/M106_M107.cpp @@ -26,10 +26,11 @@ #include "../gcode.h" #include "../../module/motion.h" +#include "../../module/temperature.h" + #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) #include "../../module/planner.h" #endif -#include "../../module/temperature.h" #if ENABLED(SINGLENOZZLE) #define _ALT_P active_extruder @@ -66,6 +67,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M106() { NOMORE(s, 255U); thermalManager.set_fan_speed(p, s); + #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) planner.buffer_sync_block(BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_FANS); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h index 96611087ef07..054ddefe5b6d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/SanityCheck.h @@ -1022,25 +1022,16 @@ static_assert(Y_MAX_LENGTH >= Y_BED_SIZE, "Movement bounds (Y_MIN_POS, Y_MAX_POS #endif /** - * Synchronous M106/M107 for laser vs kickstart fan ports - * This is highly ill-advised, as the sychronous M106/M107 is for explict use with lasers, - * kickstarting them can have unexpected side effects. + * Synchronous M106/M107 checks */ -#if BOTH(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107, FAN_KICKSTART_TIME) - #error "Do not use FAN_KICKSTART_TIME in conjunction with LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 as this would start laser in full-power when it's turned on." -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous M106/M107 for laser vs defined or non zero FAN_MIN_PWM - * Laser should not be run with a FAN_MIN_PWM, as this would mean the laser can never - * be turned off fully. Note that FAN_MAX_PWM can be permissible (and perhaps needed) - * in order to limit power to the laser under certain conditions. - */ -#if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) && FAN_MIN_PWM > 0 - #error "Do not use FAN_MIN_PWM in conjuction with LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 as this disallows the laser to be fully off." +#if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) + #if FAN_KICKSTART_TIME + #error "FAN_KICKSTART_TIME must be 0 with LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 (because the laser will always come on at FULL power)." + #elif FAN_MIN_PWM + #error "FAN_MIN_PWM must be 0 with LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 (otherwise the laser will never turn OFF)." + #endif #endif - /** * Kinematics */ diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp index b28c5019efe0..faa84e49df0b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp @@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ void Planner::reverse_pass() { block_t *current = &block_buffer[block_index]; // Only consider non sync blocks - if (!TEST(current->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION) && !TEST(current->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_FANS)) { + if (!(current->flag & BLOCK_MASK_SYNC)) { reverse_pass_kernel(current, next); next = current; } @@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ void Planner::forward_pass() { block = &block_buffer[block_index]; // Skip SYNC blocks - if (!TEST(block->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION) && !TEST(block->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_FANS)) { + if (!(block->flag & BLOCK_MASK_SYNC)) { // If there's no previous block or the previous block is not // BUSY (thus, modifiable) run the forward_pass_kernel. Otherwise, // the previous block became BUSY, so assume the current block's @@ -1051,7 +1051,7 @@ void Planner::recalculate_trapezoids() { block_t *prev = &block_buffer[prev_index]; // If not dealing with a sync block, we are done. The last block is not a SYNC block - if (!TEST(prev->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION) && !TEST(prev->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_FANS)) break; + if (!(prev->flag & BLOCK_MASK_SYNC)) break; // Examine the previous block. This and all following are SYNC blocks head_block_index = prev_index; @@ -1065,7 +1065,7 @@ void Planner::recalculate_trapezoids() { next = &block_buffer[block_index]; // Skip sync blocks - if (!TEST(next->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION) && !TEST(next->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_FANS)) { + if (!(next->flag & BLOCK_MASK_SYNC)) { next_entry_speed = SQRT(next->entry_speed_sqr); if (block) { @@ -1178,6 +1178,8 @@ void Planner::recalculate() { #endif // AUTOTEMP +#define HAS_TAIL_FAN_SPEED (FAN_COUNT && DISABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107)) + /** * Maintain fans, paste extruder pressure, */ @@ -1187,10 +1189,8 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { xyze_bool_t axis_active = { false }; #endif - #if DISABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) - #if FAN_COUNT > 0 - uint8_t tail_fan_speed[FAN_COUNT]; - #endif + #if HAS_TAIL_FAN_SPEED + uint8_t tail_fan_speed[FAN_COUNT]; #endif #if ENABLED(BARICUDA) @@ -1204,14 +1204,12 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { if (has_blocks_queued()) { - #if (DISABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) && FAN_COUNT > 0) || ENABLED(BARICUDA) + #if HAS_TAIL_FAN_SPEED || ENABLED(BARICUDA) block_t *block = &block_buffer[block_buffer_tail]; #endif - #if DISABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) - #if FAN_COUNT > 0 - FANS_LOOP(i) tail_fan_speed[i] = thermalManager.scaledFanSpeed(i, block->fan_speed[i]); - #endif + #if HAS_TAIL_FAN_SPEED + FANS_LOOP(i) tail_fan_speed[i] = thermalManager.scaledFanSpeed(i, block->fan_speed[i]); #endif #if ENABLED(BARICUDA) @@ -1236,10 +1234,8 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { cutter.refresh(); #endif - #if DISABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) - #if FAN_COUNT > 0 - FANS_LOOP(i) tail_fan_speed[i] = thermalManager.scaledFanSpeed(i); - #endif + #if HAS_TAIL_FAN_SPEED + FANS_LOOP(i) tail_fan_speed[i] = thermalManager.scaledFanSpeed(i); #endif #if ENABLED(BARICUDA) @@ -1272,10 +1268,8 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { // Update Fan speeds // Only if synchronous M106/M107 is disabled // - #if DISABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) - #if FAN_COUNT > 0 - sync_fan_speeds(tail_fan_speed); - #endif + #if HAS_TAIL_FAN_SPEED + sync_fan_speeds(tail_fan_speed); #endif #if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) @@ -1295,22 +1289,9 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { /** * Apply fan speeds */ -#if FAN_COUNT > 0 +#if FAN_COUNT + void Planner::sync_fan_speeds(uint8_t fan_speed[FAN_COUNT]) { - #if FAN_KICKSTART_TIME > 0 - static millis_t fan_kick_end[FAN_COUNT] = { 0 }; - #define KICKSTART_FAN(f) \ - if (fan_speed[f]) { \ - millis_t ms = millis(); \ - if (fan_kick_end[f] == 0) { \ - fan_kick_end[f] = ms + FAN_KICKSTART_TIME; \ - fan_speed[f] = 255; \ - } else if (PENDING(ms, fan_kick_end[f])) \ - fan_speed[f] = 255; \ - } else fan_kick_end[f] = 0 - #else - #define KICKSTART_FAN(f) NOOP - #endif #if FAN_MIN_PWM != 0 || FAN_MAX_PWM != 255 #define CALC_FAN_SPEED(f) (fan_speed[f] ? map(fan_speed[f], 1, 255, FAN_MIN_PWM, FAN_MAX_PWM) : FAN_OFF_PWM) @@ -1325,11 +1306,10 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { #else #define _FAN_SET(F) analogWrite(pin_t(FAN##F##_PIN), CALC_FAN_SPEED(F)); #endif - #define FAN_SET(F) do{ KICKSTART_FAN(F); _FAN_SET(F); }while(0) + #define FAN_SET(F) do{ kickstart_fan(ms, F); _FAN_SET(F); }while(0) - #if HAS_FAN0 - FAN_SET(0); - #endif + const millis_t ms = millis(); + FAN_SET(0); #if HAS_FAN1 FAN_SET(1); #endif @@ -1337,7 +1317,26 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { FAN_SET(2); #endif } -#endif + + #if FAN_KICKSTART_TIME + + void Planner::kickstart_fan(const millis_t &ms, const uint8_t f) { + static millis_t fan_kick_end[FAN_COUNT] = { 0 }; + if (fan_speed[f]) { + if (fan_kick_end[f] == 0) { + fan_kick_end[f] = ms + FAN_KICKSTART_TIME; + fan_speed[f] = 255; + } + else if (PENDING(ms, fan_kick_end[f])) + fan_speed[f] = 255; + } + else + fan_kick_end[f] = 0 + } + + #endif + +#endif // FAN_COUNT #if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) @@ -1884,7 +1883,7 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, block->cutter_power = cutter.power; #endif - #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + #if FAN_COUNT FANS_LOOP(i) block->fan_speed[i] = thermalManager.fan_speed[i]; #endif @@ -2469,14 +2468,18 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, /** * Planner::buffer_sync_block -* Add a block to the buffer that just updates the position or in -* case of LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 the fan pwm + * Add a block to the buffer that just updates the position, + * or in case of LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 the fan PWM */ void Planner::buffer_sync_block( #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) - uint8_t sync_flag = BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION + uint8_t sync_flag #endif ) { + #if DISABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) + constexpr uint8_t sync_flag = BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION; + #endif + // Wait for the next available block uint8_t next_buffer_head; block_t * const block = get_next_free_block(next_buffer_head); @@ -2484,15 +2487,10 @@ void Planner::buffer_sync_block( // Clear block memset(block, 0, sizeof(block_t)); - #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) - block->flag = sync_flag; - #else - block->flag = BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION; - #endif - + block->flag = sync_flag; block->position = position; - #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) && FAN_COUNT > 0 + #if FAN_COUNT && ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) FANS_LOOP(i) block->fan_speed[i] = thermalManager.fan_speed[i]; #endif @@ -2509,7 +2507,7 @@ void Planner::buffer_sync_block( block_buffer_head = next_buffer_head; stepper.wake_up(); -} // buffer_sync_block() +} /** * Planner::buffer_segment diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.h b/Marlin/src/module/planner.h index 7aae9b82deab..8401aa6c038f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.h @@ -87,6 +87,8 @@ enum BlockFlag : char { BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_FANS = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_FANS) }; +#define BLOCK_MASK_SYNC (BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION|BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_FANS) + /** * struct block_t * @@ -390,6 +392,11 @@ class Planner { // Apply fan speeds #if FAN_COUNT > 0 static void sync_fan_speeds(uint8_t fan_speed[FAN_COUNT]); + #if FAN_KICKSTART_TIME + static void kickstart_fan(const millis_t &ms, const uint8_t f); + #else + FORCE_INLINE static void kickstart_fan(const millis_t &, const uint8_t) {} + #endif #endif // Update multipliers based on new diameter measurements @@ -632,7 +639,7 @@ class Planner { */ static void buffer_sync_block( #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) - uint8_t sync_flag + uint8_t sync_flag=BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION #endif ); diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp index f46eed3eff01..29ed842f5e64 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp @@ -1657,9 +1657,16 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { // Anything in the buffer? if ((current_block = planner.get_current_block())) { - // Sync position block? Sync the stepper counts and return - while (TEST(current_block->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION)) { - _set_position(current_block->position); + // Sync block? Sync the stepper counts and return + while (current_block->flag & BLOCK_MASK_SYNC) { + + #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) + if (TEST(current_block->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_FANS)) + planner.sync_fan_speeds(current_block->fan_speed); + else + #endif + _set_position(current_block->position); + planner.discard_current_block(); // Try to get a new block @@ -1667,18 +1674,6 @@ uint32_t Stepper::stepper_block_phase_isr() { return interval; // No more queued movements! } - // Sync fans block? Sync the fans and return - #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) - while (TEST(current_block->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_FANS)) { - planner.sync_fan_speeds(current_block->fan_speed); - planner.discard_current_block(); - - // Try to get a new block - if (!(current_block = planner.get_current_block())) - return interval; // No more queue movements! - } - #endif - #if HAS_CUTTER cutter.apply_power(current_block->cutter_power); #endif From 311b6c2b6eb7a7a765eb00b8b3ee936d5a6e7b07 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Scott Lahteine Date: Tue, 3 Dec 2019 05:37:30 -0600 Subject: [PATCH 08/24] Basic elements of Tool Types --- Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.cpp | 77 ++++++++++++++++++++++++++ Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.h | 36 ++++++++++++ Marlin/src/gcode/control/M450-M459.cpp | 62 +++++++++++++++++++++ Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp | 12 ++++ Marlin/src/module/temperature.h | 8 +++ 5 files changed, 195 insertions(+) create mode 100644 Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.cpp create mode 100644 Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.h create mode 100644 Marlin/src/gcode/control/M450-M459.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..9011a23d77d2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,77 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * feature/tool_types.cpp + */ + +#include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if HAS_TOOL_TYPES + +#include "tool_types.h" + +ToolType tool_type; + +/** + * Tool Selection: + * 0 - Extruder + * 1 - Laser + * 2 - CNC Mill + */ +void set_tool_type(const ToolType type) { + switch (type) { + default: return; + + case TOOL_TYPE_EXTRUDER: + current_position.e = 0; + planner.set_e_position_mm(0); + break; + + case TOOL_TYPE_LASER: + break; + + case TOOL_TYPE_CNC_MILL: + break; + } + + tool_type = type; + + // Turn Timer 5 on or off depending on tool + //set_pwm_frequency(FAN_PIN tool_type == TOOL_TYPE_LASER ? 25000 : 0); + + thermalManager.tool_changed(); +} + +void report_tool_type() { + const static char str_tooltype_0[] PROGMEM = "Extruder"; + const static char str_tooltype_1[] PROGMEM = "Laser"; + const static char str_tooltype_2[] PROGMEM = "CNC Mill"; + const static char* const tool_strings[] PROGMEM = { str_tooltype_0, str_tooltype_1, str_tooltype_2 }; + SERIAL_ECHO_START(); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Tool: "); + serialprintPGM((char*)pgm_read_word(&(tool_strings[tool_type]))); + SERIAL_CHAR(' '); + SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)(tool_type == TOOL_TYPE_EXTRUDER ? active_extruder : 0)); +} + +#endif // HAS_TOOL_TYPES diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.h b/Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.h new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..eb50272aed6a --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.h @@ -0,0 +1,36 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * feature/tool_types.h + */ + +enum ToolType : char { + TOOL_TYPE_EXTRUDER, // M450 S0 or M451 + TOOL_TYPE_LASER, // M450 S1 or M452 + TOOL_TYPE_CNC_MILL, // M450 S2 or M453 + TOOL_TYPE_NONE = -1 +}; + +extern ToolType tool_type; + +void set_tool_type(const ToolType type); diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M450-M459.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M450-M459.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..871100693f3a --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M450-M459.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,62 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" + +#if HAS_TOOL_TYPES + +#include "../../feature/tool_types.h" +#include "../gcode.h" + +static void set_printer_mode(const ToolType new_tool) { + + if (new_tool != TOOL_TYPE_NONE && new_tool < TOOL_TYPE_COUNT) + set_tool_type(new_tool); + + report_tool_type(); +} + +/** + * M450: Set and/or report current tool type + * + * S - The new tool type + */ +inline void GcodeSuite::M450() { + set_printer_mode((ToolType)(parser.seen('S') ? parser.value_byte() : -1)); +} + +/** + * M451: Select FFF printer mode + */ +inline void GcodeSuite::M451() { set_printer_mode(TOOL_TYPE_EXTRUDER); } + +/** + * M452: Select Laser printer mode + */ +inline void GcodeSuite::M452() { set_printer_mode(TOOL_TYPE_LASER); } + +/** + * M453: Select CNC printer mode + */ +inline void GcodeSuite::M453() { set_printer_mode(TOOL_TYPE_CNC_MILL); } + +#endif // HAS_TOOL_TYPES diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp index daaa008bf926..965809a8304d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp @@ -99,6 +99,10 @@ #include "../libs/buzzer.h" #endif +#if HAS_TOOL_TYPES + #include "../feature/tool_types.h" +#endif + #if HOTEND_USES_THERMISTOR #if ENABLED(TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT) static void* heater_ttbl_map[2] = { (void*)HEATER_0_TEMPTABLE, (void*)HEATER_1_TEMPTABLE }; @@ -346,6 +350,14 @@ volatile bool Temperature::temp_meas_ready = false; * temperature to succeed. */ void Temperature::PID_autotune(const float &target, const heater_ind_t heater, const int8_t ncycles, const bool set_result/*=false*/) { + + #if HAS_TOOL_TYPES + if (tool_type != TOOL_TYPE_EXTRUDER) { + SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_WRONG_TOOL); + return; + } + #endif + float current_temp = 0.0; int cycles = 0; bool heating = true; diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.h b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.h index 4eff4e4f621e..360e463db6a3 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.h @@ -705,6 +705,14 @@ class Temperature { */ static void disable_all_heaters(); + #if HAS_TOOL_TYPES + + static inline void tool_changed() { + disable_all_heaters(); // Also cuts off the laser power + } + + #endif + /** * Perform auto-tuning for hotend or bed in response to M303 */ From f5d9768770809e5a4b22113c6117f4f64f642967 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Scott Lahteine Date: Wed, 4 Dec 2019 01:44:07 -0600 Subject: [PATCH 09/24] Fix kickstart_fan method --- Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp | 8 ++++---- Marlin/src/module/planner.h | 6 +++--- 2 files changed, 7 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp index faa84e49df0b..37d762961557 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp @@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { */ #if FAN_COUNT - void Planner::sync_fan_speeds(uint8_t fan_speed[FAN_COUNT]) { + void Planner::sync_fan_speeds(uint8_t (&fan_speed)[FAN_COUNT]) { #if FAN_MIN_PWM != 0 || FAN_MAX_PWM != 255 #define CALC_FAN_SPEED(f) (fan_speed[f] ? map(fan_speed[f], 1, 255, FAN_MIN_PWM, FAN_MAX_PWM) : FAN_OFF_PWM) @@ -1306,7 +1306,7 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { #else #define _FAN_SET(F) analogWrite(pin_t(FAN##F##_PIN), CALC_FAN_SPEED(F)); #endif - #define FAN_SET(F) do{ kickstart_fan(ms, F); _FAN_SET(F); }while(0) + #define FAN_SET(F) do{ kickstart_fan(fan_speed, ms, F); _FAN_SET(F); }while(0) const millis_t ms = millis(); FAN_SET(0); @@ -1320,7 +1320,7 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { #if FAN_KICKSTART_TIME - void Planner::kickstart_fan(const millis_t &ms, const uint8_t f) { + void Planner::kickstart_fan(uint8_t (&fan_speed)[FAN_COUNT], const millis_t &ms, const uint8_t f) { static millis_t fan_kick_end[FAN_COUNT] = { 0 }; if (fan_speed[f]) { if (fan_kick_end[f] == 0) { @@ -1331,7 +1331,7 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { fan_speed[f] = 255; } else - fan_kick_end[f] = 0 + fan_kick_end[f] = 0; } #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.h b/Marlin/src/module/planner.h index 8401aa6c038f..c9552ae0e08e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.h @@ -391,11 +391,11 @@ class Planner { // Apply fan speeds #if FAN_COUNT > 0 - static void sync_fan_speeds(uint8_t fan_speed[FAN_COUNT]); + static void sync_fan_speeds(uint8_t (&fan_speed)[FAN_COUNT]); #if FAN_KICKSTART_TIME - static void kickstart_fan(const millis_t &ms, const uint8_t f); + static void kickstart_fan(uint8_t (&fan_speed)[FAN_COUNT], const millis_t &ms, const uint8_t f); #else - FORCE_INLINE static void kickstart_fan(const millis_t &, const uint8_t) {} + FORCE_INLINE static void kickstart_fan(uint8_t (&)[FAN_COUNT], const millis_t &, const uint8_t) {} #endif #endif From 5534147133d063e267f4a2c44c3313bff1f4a66e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Scott Lahteine Date: Wed, 17 Jun 2020 13:27:08 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 10/24] Cleanup after merge --- Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.h | 2 +- Marlin/src/gcode/control/M450-M459.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp | 106 +- Marlin/src/module/planner.h | 13 +- config/default/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h | 2879 ---------------- .../ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h | 2879 ---------------- .../examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h | 2878 ---------------- .../AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h | 2879 ---------------- config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h | 2881 ---------------- .../BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h | 2885 ---------------- config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../SKR Mini E3 1.0/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../SKR Mini E3 1.2/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h | 2880 ---------------- .../Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- config/examples/FYSETC/S6/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h | 2876 ---------------- .../FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h | 2885 ---------------- .../Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h | 2881 ---------------- .../Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h | 2891 ----------------- .../Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h | 2886 ---------------- .../examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Geeetech/A10T/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../examples/Geeetech/A20/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Geeetech/A20T/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../examples/Geeetech/A30/Configuration_adv.h | 2876 ---------------- .../Geeetech/E180/Configuration_adv.h | 2876 ---------------- .../Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h | 2876 ---------------- .../Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h | 2869 ---------------- .../Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h | 2882 ---------------- .../examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h | 2882 ---------------- .../examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h | 2879 ---------------- .../Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h | 2878 ---------------- .../examples/Modix/Big60/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Renkforce/RF100/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Renkforce/RF100XL/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Renkforce/RF100v2/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../SCARA/MP_SCARA/Configuration_adv.h | 2766 ---------------- .../examples/SCARA/Morgan/Configuration_adv.h | 2874 ---------------- .../Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h | 2890 ---------------- .../K8400/Dual-head/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h | 2879 ---------------- .../Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h | 2879 ---------------- .../Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h | 2878 ---------------- .../Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h | 2879 ---------------- .../FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h | 2879 ---------------- .../delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h | 2879 ---------------- .../FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h | 2879 ---------------- .../Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h | 2879 ---------------- .../delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h | 2879 ---------------- .../Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h | 2879 ---------------- .../delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h | 2879 ---------------- .../delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h | 2879 ---------------- .../delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h | 2879 ---------------- .../gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- .../tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h | 2877 ---------------- config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h | 2878 ---------------- 123 files changed, 62 insertions(+), 339532 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 config/default/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.0/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.2/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100755 config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/FYSETC/S6/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/A10T/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/A20/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/A20T/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/A30/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/E180/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Modix/Big60/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Renkforce/RF100/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Renkforce/RF100XL/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Renkforce/RF100v2/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/SCARA/MP_SCARA/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/SCARA/Morgan/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100755 config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100755 config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100755 config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h delete mode 100644 config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.cpp index 9011a23d77d2..eb0cf2006c21 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.h b/Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.h index eb50272aed6a..38787584e092 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.h @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M450-M459.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M450-M459.cpp index 871100693f3a..96818ee78e8c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M450-M459.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M450-M459.cpp @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ /** * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] * * Based on Sprinter and grbl. * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp index 6a2c6fa47fda..0e547047eacc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp @@ -1273,6 +1273,59 @@ void Planner::recalculate() { #define HAS_TAIL_FAN_SPEED (HAS_FAN && DISABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107)) +/** + * Apply fan speeds + */ +#if HAS_FAN + + void Planner::sync_fan_speeds(uint8_t (&fan_speed)[FAN_COUNT]) { + + #if FAN_MIN_PWM != 0 || FAN_MAX_PWM != 255 + #define CALC_FAN_SPEED(f) (fan_speed[f] ? map(fan_speed[f], 1, 255, FAN_MIN_PWM, FAN_MAX_PWM) : FAN_OFF_PWM) + #else + #define CALC_FAN_SPEED(f) (fan_speed[f] ?: FAN_OFF_PWM) + #endif + + #if ENABLED(FAN_SOFT_PWM) + #define _FAN_SET(F) thermalManager.soft_pwm_amount_fan[F] = CALC_FAN_SPEED(F); + #elif ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) + #define _FAN_SET(F) set_pwm_duty(FAN##F##_PIN, CALC_FAN_SPEED(F)); + #else + #define _FAN_SET(F) analogWrite(pin_t(FAN##F##_PIN), CALC_FAN_SPEED(F)); + #endif + #define FAN_SET(F) do{ kickstart_fan(fan_speed, ms, F); _FAN_SET(F); }while(0) + + const millis_t ms = millis(); + TERN_(HAS_FAN0, FAN_SET(0)); + TERN_(HAS_FAN1, FAN_SET(1)); + TERN_(HAS_FAN2, FAN_SET(2)); + TERN_(HAS_FAN3, FAN_SET(3)); + TERN_(HAS_FAN4, FAN_SET(4)); + TERN_(HAS_FAN5, FAN_SET(5)); + TERN_(HAS_FAN6, FAN_SET(6)); + TERN_(HAS_FAN7, FAN_SET(7)); + } + + #if FAN_KICKSTART_TIME + + void Planner::kickstart_fan(uint8_t (&fan_speed)[FAN_COUNT], const millis_t &ms, const uint8_t f) { + static millis_t fan_kick_end[FAN_COUNT] = { 0 }; + if (fan_speed[f]) { + if (fan_kick_end[f] == 0) { + fan_kick_end[f] = ms + FAN_KICKSTART_TIME; + fan_speed[f] = 255; + } + else if (PENDING(ms, fan_kick_end[f])) + fan_speed[f] = 255; + } + else + fan_kick_end[f] = 0; + } + + #endif + +#endif // HAS_FAN + /** * Maintain fans, paste extruder pressure, */ @@ -1355,59 +1408,6 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { #endif } -/** - * Apply fan speeds - */ -#if HAS_FAN - - void Planner::sync_fan_speeds(uint8_t (&fan_speed)[FAN_COUNT]) { - - #if FAN_MIN_PWM != 0 || FAN_MAX_PWM != 255 - #define CALC_FAN_SPEED(f) (fan_speed[f] ? map(fan_speed[f], 1, 255, FAN_MIN_PWM, FAN_MAX_PWM) : FAN_OFF_PWM) - #else - #define CALC_FAN_SPEED(f) (fan_speed[f] ?: FAN_OFF_PWM) - #endif - - #if ENABLED(FAN_SOFT_PWM) - #define _FAN_SET(F) thermalManager.soft_pwm_amount_fan[F] = CALC_FAN_SPEED(F); - #elif ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - #define _FAN_SET(F) set_pwm_duty(FAN##F##_PIN, CALC_FAN_SPEED(F)); - #else - #define _FAN_SET(F) analogWrite(pin_t(FAN##F##_PIN), CALC_FAN_SPEED(F)); - #endif - #define FAN_SET(F) do{ kickstart_fan(fan_speed, ms, F); _FAN_SET(F); }while(0) - - const millis_t ms = millis(); - TERN_(HAS_FAN0, FAN_SET(0)); - TERN_(HAS_FAN1, FAN_SET(1)); - TERN_(HAS_FAN2, FAN_SET(2)); - TERN_(HAS_FAN3, FAN_SET(3)); - TERN_(HAS_FAN4, FAN_SET(4)); - TERN_(HAS_FAN5, FAN_SET(5)); - TERN_(HAS_FAN6, FAN_SET(6)); - TERN_(HAS_FAN7, FAN_SET(7)); - } - - #if FAN_KICKSTART_TIME - - void Planner::kickstart_fan(uint8_t (&fan_speed)[FAN_COUNT], const millis_t &ms, const uint8_t f) { - static millis_t fan_kick_end[FAN_COUNT] = { 0 }; - if (fan_speed[f]) { - if (fan_kick_end[f] == 0) { - fan_kick_end[f] = ms + FAN_KICKSTART_TIME; - fan_speed[f] = 255; - } - else if (PENDING(ms, fan_kick_end[f])) - fan_speed[f] = 255; - } - else - fan_kick_end[f] = 0; - } - - #endif - -#endif // HAS_FAN - #if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.h b/Marlin/src/module/planner.h index ab3f441edcb9..de5858296b4f 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.h @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ enum BlockFlagBit : char { BLOCK_BIT_CONTINUED, // Sync the stepper counts from the block - BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION, + BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION // Direct stepping page #if ENABLED(DIRECT_STEPPING) @@ -110,11 +110,11 @@ enum BlockFlagBit : char { }; enum BlockFlag : char { - BLOCK_FLAG_RECALCULATE = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_RECALCULATE), - BLOCK_FLAG_NOMINAL_LENGTH = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_NOMINAL_LENGTH), - BLOCK_FLAG_CONTINUED = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_CONTINUED), - BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION), - BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_FANS = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_FANS) + BLOCK_FLAG_RECALCULATE = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_RECALCULATE), + , BLOCK_FLAG_NOMINAL_LENGTH = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_NOMINAL_LENGTH), + , BLOCK_FLAG_CONTINUED = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_CONTINUED), + , BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION), + , BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_FANS = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_FANS) #if ENABLED(DIRECT_STEPPING) , BLOCK_FLAG_IS_PAGE = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_IS_PAGE) #endif @@ -145,7 +145,6 @@ enum BlockFlag : char { } block_laser_t; #endif ->>>>>>> upstream/bugfix-2.0.x /** * struct block_t diff --git a/config/default/Configuration_adv.h b/config/default/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index b9e0675a02cb..000000000000 --- a/config/default/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 31d9bea07c67..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2879 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 9 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 11 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON false // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 12 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - #define CHDK_PIN 12 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - #define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - #define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Test" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Test Print" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29\nG26" - - /* - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" - */ -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index e8ca723d1178..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v1/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 360 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - #define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 60000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 28 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 89e335df96b9..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/ADIMLab/Gantry v2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9dd2f5924112..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 2 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 130 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 4 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 4, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9df011bcfcec..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20-bltouch/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2879 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 4, 4, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - #undef PROBE_MANUALLY - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - #define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - #define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28X" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - #define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - // see https://ee-programming-notepad.blogspot.com/2016/10/16-bit-color-generator-picker.html - #define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR COLOR_WHITE - #define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR COLOR_BLACK - #define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x10A2 // almost black - #define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR COLOR_RED - #define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR COLOR_WHITE - #define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR COLOR_BLUE -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 32 -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // Marlin default -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 8 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 25 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0bed69572415..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Alfawise/U20/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2878 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 4, 4, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - #define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28X" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - #define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - // see https://ee-programming-notepad.blogspot.com/2016/10/16-bit-color-generator-picker.html - #define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR COLOR_WHITE - #define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR COLOR_BLACK - #define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x10A2 // almost black - #define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR COLOR_RED - #define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR COLOR_WHITE - #define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR COLOR_BLUE -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 32 -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // Marlin default -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 8 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 25 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 310e3adf751c..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/AliExpress/UM2pExt/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2879 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1200, 1200, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - #define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define FILAMENT_BOWDEN_LENGTH 705 // (mm) - - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 80 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH (FILAMENT_BOWDEN_LENGTH + 50) // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 80 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH (FILAMENT_BOWDEN_LENGTH - 50) // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8b65c8cc5918..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8b65c8cc5918..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2a55b6d4955a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 5 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 180 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -//#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1a1618053437..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 180 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -//#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index cbca80638506..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/A8plus/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -//#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY\nG91\nG1 F1000 Z+20\nG1 F5000 Y" STRINGIFY(Y_MAX_POS) "\nG90\nM84 X Y E" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 850134acc3f4..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Anet/E16/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 12 // Degrees Celsius - - #define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - #define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 30 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 80 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -//#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - //#define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - #define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 317e3f92f532..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 7 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN TRIGORILLA_FAN2_PIN -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3928dabb528b..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2881 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#define HEATER_0_INVERTING true -#define HEATER_1_INVERTING true - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index e81618c67e0e..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/cyclops/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 45 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 1 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 1 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index ad686c54bfd2..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/BIBO/TouchX/default/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 45 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 79fea4966ac4..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 120*60, 120*60, 18*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index ea8fdbf34982..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/Hephestos_2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2885 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 800 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -//#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 1 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 300 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X false -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y false -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps - -#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 170, 170, 180, 190, 180 } // Values 0-255 - // - // bq ZUM Mega 3D defaults: - // X = 150 [~1.17A] - // Y = 170 [~1.33A] - // Z = 180 [~1.41A] - // E0 = 190 [~1.49A] - -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - //#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 50 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 60000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE false // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "G27 P0" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - //#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 2 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 2 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1500 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 64 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 0.25 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 79fea4966ac4..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/BQ/WITBOX/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 120*60, 120*60, 18*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.0/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.0/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 213e016be840..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.0/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 350 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 580 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 580 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 580 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 2 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 3 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - #define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 66a1f5faed7a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/BigTreeTech/SKR Mini E3 1.2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 350 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 580 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 580 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 580 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - #define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index a3dc40f8df21..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Cartesio/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -//#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 35 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 1 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - //#define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index cb87c61be996..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2880 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 256 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 10 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 420 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 120 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 650 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 650 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 580 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#define DEFAULT_STDDEV_FILAMENT_DIA 0.05 // Typical estimate for cheap filament -//#define DEFAULT_STDDEV_FILAMENT_DIA 0.02 // Typical advertised for higher quality filament - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN (DEFAULT_STDDEV_FILAMENT_DIA*4) // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9de4ed4b41f8..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10S/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 5 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 5 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 430 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 430 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 20 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 650 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 650 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 580 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 95686491effd..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10_5S/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 600 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 10 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 10 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 750 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 600 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 150 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 10 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index d213d3c2515e..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-10mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 420 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 120 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 580 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 580 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 580 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index bf07669eb573..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20 Pro/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 29ecd19baa09..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-20/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6f43562a513b..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/CR-8/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 5 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 5 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index cc681f49d16c..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 1 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 0 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index b62bd54c2eab..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-3/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 580 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 580 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 580 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6100435d9b0f..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-4/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 30 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON false // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 2 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 2 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 35 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 650 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 35 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 600 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 60 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9627cf8100d6..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Creality/Ender-5/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 580 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 650 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 580 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index f1343cfa6fd9..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Dagoma/Disco Ultimate/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - #define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - #define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - #define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 950 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - #define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100755 index 0d6f64a42f28..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/EVNOVO (Artillery)/Sidewinder X1/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 2*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 72a9ac4a7bc4..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Einstart-S/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 997ea7f3928f..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/AIO_II/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - #define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - #define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 700 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 650 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - #define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index b99d3a4a829d..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - //#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "M21" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 700 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 500 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 2 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 3 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - #define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index b99d3a4a829d..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah 1.2/base/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - //#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "M21" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 700 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 500 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 2 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 3 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - #define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index b99d3a4a829d..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/BLTouch/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - //#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "M21" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 700 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 500 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 2 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 3 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - #define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index b99d3a4a829d..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/Cheetah/base/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - //#define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "M21" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 700 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 500 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 650 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 1 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 2 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 3 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - #define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 357d7ebe51d6..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/F6_13/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - #define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FYSETC/S6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FYSETC/S6/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index b9e0675a02cb..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FYSETC/S6/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4800cf4ce70b..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Felix/DUAL/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4800cf4ce70b..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Felix/Single/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5c9cadd9bb17..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FlashForge/CreatorPro/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2876 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN EX1_FAN_PIN -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN EX2_FAN_PIN -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z false // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2F // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 5 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 -// Actual motor currents in Amps, need as many here as DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 0.84, 0.84, 0.4, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - //#define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - #define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 255 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 255 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - #define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 80 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 80 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4be34a2b3bf5..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/FolgerTech/i3-2020/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2885 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 2 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 2 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.5 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) -#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 // on RAMPS // Configuration of the 3 pins to control the display -#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 // on RAMPS -#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 // on RAMPS - -//#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN P1_04 // on Re-ARM ENET_TX_EN J12-10 -//#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN P1_00 // on Re-ARM ENET_TXD0 J12-11 -//#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN P1_01 // on Re-ARM ENET_TXD1 J12-12 - -//#define MAX7219_CLK_PIN P4_29 // for RAMPS E1 on Re-ARM E1_ENABLE_PIN P4_29 -//#define MAX7219_DIN_PIN P2_13 // for RAMPS E1 on Re-ARM E1_DIR_PIN P2_13 -//#define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN P2_08 // for RAMPS E1 on Re-ARM E1_STEP_PIN P2_08 - - #define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 2 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE -90 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5f0e1c176203..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/Raptor/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2881 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 210 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 210 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 300 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 20 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 25 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 25 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#if DISABLED(E_2208) || ENABLED(E_SpreadCycle) - #define LIN_ADVANCE -#endif -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 5 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 2 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -#if ENABLED(UBL) - #define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#endif -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - #define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Commissioning" - //#define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - #define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "UBL Commission Step 1" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "M502\nM500\nM501\nM190 S75\nG28\nG29 P1\nG29 S1\nM117 Run Step 2" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "UBL Commission Step 2" - #define USER_GCODE_2 "G29 S1\nG29 S0\nG29 F 10.0\nG29 A\nM500\nG28\nG29 L1\nM109 S225\nG1 X150 Y 150\nG1 Z0\nM117 Set Z Offset" - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Prep for Z Adjust" - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M190 75\nM104 235\nG28\nG29 L1\nG1 X150 Y 150\nG1 Z0" - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Fill Mesh Points" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "G29 P3\nG29 P3\nG29 P3\nG29 T" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Run Mesh Validation" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G26" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index e91ceff363b0..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_2+/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2891 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - #define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -#define FAN_MIN_PWM 45 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 25 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - #else - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - #endif - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS (X_BED_SIZE) // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 0 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS (442-4.0) // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 200 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 600 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 20 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - #define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - #define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 40 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 40 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - #define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X 4 - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 4 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 41 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 50 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 30 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 20 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 500 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT (3*60) // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 3 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.5 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ - -#ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define MAX7219_DEBUG -#endif - -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - /* - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 50 // Configuration of the 3 pins to control the display - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 51 // on RUMBA (or Formbot) using the ICSP port. - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 52 // This will affect your use of the SD Memory card - */ - - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 41 // Configuration of the 3 pins to control the display - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 13 // 41 is LCD_Kill_Button, 13 is Arduino_LED, 37 is LCD_Beeper - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 37 - - #define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 3 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - #define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 5 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 6 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 7 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 99f948ae259a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Formbot/T_Rex_3/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2886 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - #define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -#define FAN_MIN_PWM 64 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) -//#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 // Now set in appropriate pins file - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 25 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - #else - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - #endif - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 0 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS (442-4.0) // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 200 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 600 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 20 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 40 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 40 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X 4 - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 7 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 1 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 15 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 15 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 85 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 1 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 4 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 15 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 60 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 2 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 20 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 500 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 0 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT (3*60) // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 3 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.5 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - #define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "User cmd 1" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28 X \n" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "User cmd 2" - #define USER_GCODE_2 "G28 \nG1 X100 \n" - - #define USER_DESC_3 "User cmd 3" - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M48 \n" - - #define USER_DESC_4 "User cmd 4" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M114 \n" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ - -#ifdef ROXYs_TRex - #define MAX7219_DEBUG -#endif - -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - /* - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 50 // Configuration of the 3 pins to control the display - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 51 // on RUMBA (or Formbot) using the ICSP port is used - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 52 // This will affect your use of the SD Memory card - */ - - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 41 // Configuration of the 3 pins to control the display - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 13 // 41 is LCD_Kill_Button, 13 is Arduino_LED, 37 is LCD_Beeper - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 37 - - #define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 2 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 5 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 6 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 7 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6790fe757be1..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2f47b019b9c5..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10M/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 200 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 10 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 50 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 180000 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 69 // Pin to detect power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - #define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - #define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - #define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 18 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 12 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 40 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10T/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A10T/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2f47b019b9c5..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A10T/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 200 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 10 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 50 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 180000 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 69 // Pin to detect power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - #define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - #define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - #define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 18 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 12 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 40 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 894112c6ae64..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 200 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 10 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 50 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 180000 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 69 // Pin to detect power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - #define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - #define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - #define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - #define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - #define MARLIN_INVADERS - #define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 894112c6ae64..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20M/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 200 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 10 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 50 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 180000 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 69 // Pin to detect power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - #define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - #define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - #define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - #define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - #define MARLIN_INVADERS - #define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20T/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A20T/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 894112c6ae64..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A20T/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 200 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - #define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 10 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 50 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 180000 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 69 // Pin to detect power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK true // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - #define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - #define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - #define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - #define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - #define MARLIN_INVADERS - #define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 5 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/A30/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/A30/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5c2f7b1e6803..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/A30/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2876 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - #define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - #define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 10 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 30000 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 4, 4, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 2000 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - #define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - #define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - #define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. - unused by most slicers -#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 300 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 300 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 25 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 1 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 20 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 10 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 60 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - #define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/E180/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/E180/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5c2f7b1e6803..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/E180/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2876 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - #define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - #define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 10 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 30000 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 4, 4, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 2000 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - #define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - #define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - #define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. - unused by most slicers -#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 450 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 300 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 300 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 5 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 25 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 1 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 20 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 10 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 60 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - #define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index d7761d959e1e..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/MeCreator2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2876 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 6 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.05 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6790fe757be1..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro C/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6790fe757be1..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Geeetech/Prusa i3 Pro W/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 9de45439fa3b..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/HMS434/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2869 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 18 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 75 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 900 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 900 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 2.0 // compensate for 3V3 ref voltage -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 35 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 28 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 16 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 16 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.02 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 8 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - #define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 30 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 30 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - #define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Lubricate axis" - #define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - #define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Change X an Y belt" - #define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 300 // print hours - #define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Change Z belt" - #define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1000 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3c77edc7f450..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Infitary/i3-M508/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 1 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -//#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -//#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index ca61ddf2422d..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A1/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2882 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING 1 -#define HEATER_0_INVERTING 1 -// #define HEATER_1_INVERTING 0 -#define FAN_INVERTING 1 - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -#define FAN_MIN_PWM 30 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 5, 5, 5 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 1, 1, 0 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 60*60, 60*60, 10*60, 10*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - //#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 25 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 25 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 10 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 820 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 730 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 75 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 10fdb897311e..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 90 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 6 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 80*60, 80*60, 12*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 5 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 5 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 6 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index ca61ddf2422d..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/JGAurora/A5S/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2882 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING 1 -#define HEATER_0_INVERTING 1 -// #define HEATER_1_INVERTING 0 -#define FAN_INVERTING 1 - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -#define FAN_MIN_PWM 30 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 5, 5, 5 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 1, 1, 0 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 60*60, 60*60, 10*60, 10*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - #define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - //#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 25 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 25 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 10 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 820 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 730 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 75 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index c369b0c58e1e..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/MakerParts/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 180 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 30000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE true // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM true // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES true // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - #define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - #define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 4096 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - #define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - #define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - #define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6188756b7965..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M150/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 120 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -//#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 300 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6ad6ae8cd5f5..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Malyan/M200/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2879 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN // Malyan M200: uncomment if you use FAN2 to cool the board (original) -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN MALYAN_FAN2_PIN // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define FAN_PIN MALYAN_FAN1_PIN // Malyan M200: uncomment if you use FAN1 to cool the part and FAN2 to cool the extruder -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN MALYAN_FAN2_PIN // Malyan M200: uncomment if you use FAN1 to cool the part and FAN2 to cool the extruder -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN MALYAN_FAN1_PIN // Malyan M200: uncomment if you use FAN1 to cool the extruder and the part (original) -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 2b2585664820..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Micromake/C1/enhanced/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 62c3c84c2c0f..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Robin/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3f3e735a7f50..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Mks/Sbase/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2878 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 6 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 110 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro -#define DIGIPOT_I2C - -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) // Default to settings in pins_XXXX.h files - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 5 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.2, 1.2, 1.2, 1.2, 1.2 } // MKS SBASE: 5 - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Modix/Big60/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Modix/Big60/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index bf06dd499602..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Modix/Big60/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - #define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - #define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - #define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.0 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 50 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 25 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 120 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - #define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index b6d2f4acfcba..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/RapideLite/RL200/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4f229a31f518..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 9 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 100 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 100 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 10 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 90 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 10 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 55 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 100 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100XL/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100XL/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4f229a31f518..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100XL/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 9 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 100 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 100 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 10 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 90 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 10 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 55 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 100 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100v2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100v2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4f229a31f518..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Renkforce/RF100v2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 9 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 100 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 100 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 10 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 90 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 10 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 55 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 100 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 0 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1bc409028f4c..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/RigidBot/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 4 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 8 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/SCARA/MP_SCARA/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/SCARA/MP_SCARA/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 4faeb53ecf5a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/SCARA/MP_SCARA/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2766 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 3000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information in M114 -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 180 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 } - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 } - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 240 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 10*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - //#define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Lulzbot Touch UI -// -#if ENABLED(LULZBOT_TOUCH_UI) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // Enable UTF8 rendering capabilities. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #endif - - // When labels do not fit buttons, use smaller font - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Runtime language selection (otherwise LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define TOUCH_UI_LANGUAGE_MENU - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 35 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // 0 - Not chained, 1 - MCU MOSI connected, 2 - next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \ - * stepperY.interpolate(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/SCARA/Morgan/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/SCARA/Morgan/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 0715c5423487..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/SCARA/Morgan/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2874 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 3000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 180 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 240 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 10*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - //#define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 35 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index c1bfdc1c2e42..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/STM32/Black_STM32F407VET6/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN FAN1_PIN -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN FAN2_PIN -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 64f12124902e..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Sanguinololu/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index e96a3da312bd..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Michelangelo/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100755 index 1d2f34855a4c..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tarantula Pro/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100755 index 7877585ea67b..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V1 (MKS Base)/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100755 index 7877585ea67b..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tevo/Tornado/V2 (MKS GEN-L)/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN 7 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - #define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - #define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 72a898df1ea9..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/TheBorg/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 6 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -//#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 95e705f2fb2f..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/TinyBoy2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. -#define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 64 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index a9348d60569b..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X3A/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 10 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1c9a8c93cf55..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Tronxy/X5S-2E/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 30 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6626acb6b266..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim1/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 32, 32, 32, 32, 32, 32 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1200, 1200, 1200 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5c47c76a21a3..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/UltiMachine/Archim2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -//#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index ec7433d91e3b..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/VORONDesign/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -//#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index fe94968d3a58..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8200/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2890 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ - - /** - * Sample configuration file for Vellemann K8200 - * tested on K8200 with VM8201 (Display) - * and Arduino 1.6.12 (Mac) by @CONSULitAS, 2016-11-18 - * https://github.com/CONSULitAS/Marlin-K8200/archive/K8200_stable_2016-11-18.zip - * - */ - -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - // K8200 has weak heaters/power supply by default, so you have to relax! - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 8 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - // K8200 has weak heaters/power supply by default, so you have to relax! - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 30 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - // K8200 has weak heaters/power supply by default, so you have to relax! - // the default bed is so weak, that you can hardly go over 75°C - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 500 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 4, 4, 8 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 32 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 128 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 57b1a045dcf1..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Dual-head/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 1000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 1 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 2 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 10 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 10 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 26 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 5 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 600 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 100 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 57b1a045dcf1..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Velleman/K8400/Single-head/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 1000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 1 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 2 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 10 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 10 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 3 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 26 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 5 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 600 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 100 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 3124b1f3ae60..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/WASP/PowerWASP/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 180 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "G1 Y190 Z190\nM84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - #define POWER_LOSS_PIN 65 // Pin to detect power loss - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 10 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 20 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 400 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 5 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index e5c9ab56e61f..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator 6/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2879 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 40 // Seconds Changed to 90 seconds to help prevent false thermal runaway errors (may have to increase to 120) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds Changed to 90 seconds to help prevent false heater failed errors - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 8 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 255 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - #define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//Motor current PWM conversion, PWM value = MotorCurrentSetting * 255 / range -#define MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_RANGE 2782 -#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1200, 1200, 1000 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 70*60, 70*60, 15*60, 6*60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 60000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - //#define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - //#define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.00 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index cefe1ced46b2..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 2.1/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - #define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 32 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index e7a24c1557d8..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/Wanhao/Duplicator i3 Mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 2500 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - #define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index f6884abf93c2..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Anycubic/Kossel/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2879 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 750 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 40 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 650 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 150 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index e2fa355e3761..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2878 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 3 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - #define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 35 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 35 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 35 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - #define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss (optional) - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 10 - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index ed54c18bbf9e..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Dreammaker/Overlord_Pro/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2879 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 3 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - #define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 35 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 35 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 35 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - #define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - #define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - #define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss (optional) - #define POWER_LOSS_STATE LOW // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - #define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - #define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 10 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 10 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - #define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - #define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 883ef572df95..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/auto_calibrate/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2879 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 883ef572df95..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2879 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 65ce9b989f5a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/FLSUN/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2879 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 160203440165..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Geeetech/Rostock 301/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2879 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - #define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8db9b6b763aa..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/MKS/SBASE/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2879 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 6 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 110 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 100 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 6e146d52794a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/Tevo Little Monster/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2879 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN MOSFET_D_PIN -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - #define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 0 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE false // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 65ce9b989f5a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/generic/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2879 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 65ce9b989f5a..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_mini/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2879 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 10, 10, 10 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 308a53615e22..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/delta/kossel_xl/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2879 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 // deltas need the same for all three axes -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -// (don't use SLOWDOWN with DELTA because DELTA generates hundreds of segments per second) -//#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ 50*60 - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, MANUAL_FEEDRATE_XYZ, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 1 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 8bd3d91e0c27..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/gCreate/gMax1.5+/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 3 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 50 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 0 // usually set to 120 seconds -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - #define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 3 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 3 - - #define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - #define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.5 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 98c736fa95d1..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/makibox/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 4 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.7, 1.7, 1.7, 1.7 } // 5DPRINT - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 1a2012da3b45..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/tvrrug/Round2/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2877 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 23 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 1 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro) -//#define DIGIPOT_I2C -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT -#endif - -//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - //#define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G27" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE diff --git a/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h b/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h deleted file mode 100644 index 5891171ef4f6..000000000000 --- a/config/examples/wt150/Configuration_adv.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,2878 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ -#pragma once - -/** - * Configuration_adv.h - * - * Advanced settings. - * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing. - * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set! - * - * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h - * - */ -#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000 - -// @section temperature - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Thermal Settings ============================ -//=========================================================================== - -// -// Custom Thermistor 1000 parameters -// -#if TEMP_SENSOR_0 == 1000 - #define HOTEND0_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND0_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND0_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_1 == 1000 - #define HOTEND1_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND1_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND1_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_2 == 1000 - #define HOTEND2_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND2_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND2_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_3 == 1000 - #define HOTEND3_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND3_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND3_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_4 == 1000 - #define HOTEND4_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND4_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND4_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_5 == 1000 - #define HOTEND5_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define HOTEND5_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define HOTEND5_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_BED == 1000 - #define BED_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define BED_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define BED_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER == 1000 - #define CHAMBER_PULLUP_RESISTOR_OHMS 4700 // Pullup resistor - #define CHAMBER_RESISTANCE_25C_OHMS 100000 // Resistance at 25C - #define CHAMBER_BETA 3950 // Beta value -#endif - -// -// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit. -// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2 -// -//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT -#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT) - #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED - #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70 - #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true -#endif - -/** - * Heated Chamber settings - */ -#if TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER - #define CHAMBER_MINTEMP 5 - #define CHAMBER_MAXTEMP 60 - #define TEMP_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 1 // (°C) Temperature proximity considered "close enough" to the target - //#define CHAMBER_LIMIT_SWITCHING - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_PIN 44 // Chamber heater on/off pin - //#define HEATER_CHAMBER_INVERTING false -#endif - -#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED) - #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control - #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING) - #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage - * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which - * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire. - * - * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower - * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep - * the heater on. - * - * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing. - * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too - * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution. - * - * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase - * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius - - //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops - #if BOTH(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING, PIDTEMP) - //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303 - #endif - - /** - * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the - * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature - * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and - * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only - * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable - * test. - * - * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD - * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set - * below 2. - */ - #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303). - */ - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -/** - * Thermal Protection parameters for the heated chamber. - */ -#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER) - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_PERIOD 20 // Seconds - #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_CHAMBER_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius - - /** - * Heated chamber watch settings (M141/M191). - */ - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds - #define WATCH_CHAMBER_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius -#endif - -#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP) - // Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the extrusion speed. - // A well-chosen Kc value should add just enough power to melt the increased material volume. - //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING) - #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed) - #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50 - #endif - - /** - * Add an experimental additional term to the heater power, proportional to the fan speed. - * A well-chosen Kf value should add just enough power to compensate for power-loss from the cooling fan. - * You can either just add a constant compensation with the DEFAULT_Kf value - * or follow the instruction below to get speed-dependent compensation. - * - * Constant compensation (use only with fanspeeds of 0% and 100%) - * --------------------------------------------------------------------- - * A good starting point for the Kf-value comes from the calculation: - * kf = (power_fan * eff_fan) / power_heater * 255 - * where eff_fan is between 0.0 and 1.0, based on fan-efficiency and airflow to the nozzle / heater. - * - * Example: - * Heater: 40W, Fan: 0.1A * 24V = 2.4W, eff_fan = 0.8 - * Kf = (2.4W * 0.8) / 40W * 255 = 12.24 - * - * Fan-speed dependent compensation - * -------------------------------- - * 1. To find a good Kf value, set the hotend temperature, wait for it to settle, and enable the fan (100%). - * Make sure PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR is 0 and PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION is not enabled. - * If you see the temperature drop repeat the test, increasing the Kf value slowly, until the temperature - * drop goes away. If the temperature overshoots after enabling the fan, the Kf value is too big. - * 2. Note the Kf-value for fan-speed at 100% - * 3. Determine a good value for PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED, which is around the speed, where the fan starts moving. - * 4. Repeat step 1. and 2. for this fan speed. - * 5. Enable PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION and enter the two identified Kf-values in - * PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED and PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED. Enter the minimum speed in PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED - */ - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING) - //#define PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION - #if ENABLED(PID_FAN_SCALING_ALTERNATIVE_DEFINITION) - // The alternative definition is used for an easier configuration. - // Just figure out Kf at fullspeed (255) and PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED. - // DEFAULT_Kf and PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR are calculated accordingly. - - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED 13.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*255+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED 6.0 //=PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED+DEFAULT_Kf - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10.0 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - - #define DEFAULT_Kf (255.0*PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_MIN_SPEED-PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED*PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED)/(255.0-PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED) - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (PID_FAN_SCALING_AT_FULL_SPEED-DEFAULT_Kf)/255.0 - - #else - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_LIN_FACTOR (0) // Power loss due to cooling = Kf * (fan_speed) - #define DEFAULT_Kf 10 // A constant value added to the PID-tuner - #define PID_FAN_SCALING_MIN_SPEED 10 // Minimum fan speed at which to enable PID_FAN_SCALING - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic Temperature: - * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode. - * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se". - * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F - * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by - * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F* - * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp. - * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode - */ -#define AUTOTEMP -#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP) - #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98 -#endif - -// Show extra position information with 'M114 D' -//#define M114_DETAIL - -// Show Temperature ADC value -// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors. -//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES - -/** - * High Temperature Thermistor Support - * - * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting - * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP - * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the - * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure - * and force stop everything. - * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which, - * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle - * aberrant readings. - * - * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s) - * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below - */ - -// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur -// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.) -//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0 - -// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check -// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the -// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach -// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer. -// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000) -//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0 - -// @section extruder - -// Extruder runout prevention. -// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP -// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS. -//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT -#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30 - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m) - #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm) -#endif - -// @section temperature - -// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements. -// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET. -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0 -#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0 - -/** - * Controller Fan - * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs. - * - * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled - * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off. - */ -//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN -#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN) - //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled - #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed - //#define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED_Z_ONLY 127 // Reduce noise on machines that keep Z enabled -#endif - -// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the -// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably -// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu) -//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100 - -// Some coolers may require a non-zero "off" state. -//#define FAN_OFF_PWM 1 - -/** - * PWM Fan Scaling - * - * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106). - * - * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset - * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower - * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V) - * Value 0 always turns off the fan. - * - * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range. - */ -//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50 -//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128 - -/** - * FAST PWM FAN Settings - * - * Use to change the FAST FAN PWM frequency (if enabled in Configuration.h) - * Combinations of PWM Modes, prescale values and TOP resolutions are used internally to produce a - * frequency as close as possible to the desired frequency. - * - * FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY [undefined by default] - * Set this to your desired frequency. - * If left undefined this defaults to F = F_CPU/(2*255*1) - * ie F = 31.4 Khz on 16 MHz microcontrollers or F = 39.2 KHz on 20 MHz microcontrollers - * These defaults are the same as with the old FAST_PWM_FAN implementation - no migration is required - * NOTE: Setting very low frequencies (< 10 Hz) may result in unexpected timer behavior. - * - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP [undefined by default] - * Boards that use TIMER2 for PWM have limitations resulting in only a few possible frequencies on TIMER2: - * 16MHz MCUs: [62.5KHz, 31.4KHz (default), 7.8KHz, 3.92KHz, 1.95KHz, 977Hz, 488Hz, 244Hz, 60Hz, 122Hz, 30Hz] - * 20MHz MCUs: [78.1KHz, 39.2KHz (default), 9.77KHz, 4.9KHz, 2.44KHz, 1.22KHz, 610Hz, 305Hz, 153Hz, 76Hz, 38Hz] - * A greater range can be achieved by enabling USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP. But note that this option blocks the use of - * PWM on pin OC2A. Only use this option if you don't need PWM on 0C2A. (Check your schematic.) - * USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP sacrifices duty cycle control resolution to achieve this broader range of frequencies. - */ -#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) - //#define FAST_PWM_FAN_FREQUENCY 31400 - //#define USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Extruder cooling fans - * - * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders' - * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE. - * - * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here - * or set to -1 to disable completely. - * - * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case - * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold. - */ -//#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1 - -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50 -#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 30 -#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 - -/** - * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer - * - * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output. - * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change. - * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans. - */ -#define FANMUX0_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX1_PIN -1 -#define FANMUX2_PIN -1 - -/** - * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness - */ -//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE -#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed - #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on - #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin) - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MAX_PWM 128 // Limit pwm - //#define CASE_LIGHT_MENU // Add Case Light options to the LCD menu - //#define CASE_LIGHT_NO_BRIGHTNESS // Disable brightness control. Enable for non-PWM lighting. - //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED. - #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL) - #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White } - #endif -#endif - -// @section homing - -// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing -// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121. -//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT - -// @section extras - -//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats. - -// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed. -//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER -#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER) - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1 - //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1 -#endif - -/** - * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops - * - * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes. - * - * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to - * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop - * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug - * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'. - * - * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors - * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error - * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'. - */ - -//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions - //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0 - #endif -#endif - -//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS -#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS) - //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS - #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS) - #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_ - #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_ - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0 - #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0 - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Dual X Carriage - * - * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend. - * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in - * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously. - * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing. - * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis. - * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board. - * - * The following Dual X Carriage modes can be selected with M605 S: - * - * 0 : (FULL_CONTROL) The slicer has full control over both X-carriages and can achieve optimal travel - * results as long as it supports dual X-carriages. (M605 S0) - * - * 1 : (AUTO_PARK) The firmware automatically parks and unparks the X-carriages on tool-change so - * that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1) - * - * 2 : (DUPLICATION) The firmware moves the second X-carriage and extruder in synchronization with - * the first X-carriage and extruder, to print 2 copies of the same object at the same time. - * Set the constant X-offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S2 to initiate duplicated movement. - * - * 3 : (MIRRORED) Formbot/Vivedino-inspired mirrored mode in which the second extruder duplicates - * the movement of the first except the second extruder is reversed in the X axis. - * Set the initial X offset and temperature differential with M605 S2 X[offs] R[deg] and - * follow with M605 S3 to initiate mirrored movement. - */ -//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE -#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE) - #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // Set to X_MIN_POS - #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // Set a maximum so the first X-carriage can't hit the parked second X-carriage - #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // Set a minimum to ensure the second X-carriage can't hit the parked first X-carriage - #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // Set this to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed - #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // Set to 1. The second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position - #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // Default X2 home position. Set to X2_MAX_POS. - // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software - // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops - // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command). - // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer. - - // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605. - #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE - - // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width) - #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100 - -#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE - -// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381. -// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid. -//#define EXT_SOLENOID - -// @section homing - -// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump. -#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5 -#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2 -#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate) -//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially -//#define HOMING_BACKOFF_MM { 2, 2, 2 } // (mm) Move away from the endstops after homing - -// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X -//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X - -// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first. -//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING - -#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH) - /** - * Either: Use the defaults (recommended) or: For special purposes, use the following DEFINES - * Do not activate settings that the probe might not understand. Clones might misunderstand - * advanced commands. - * - * Note: If the probe is not deploying, check a "Cmd: Reset" and "Cmd: Self-Test" and then - * check the wiring of the BROWN, RED and ORANGE wires. - * - * Note: If the trigger signal of your probe is not being recognized, it has been very often - * because the BLACK and WHITE wires needed to be swapped. They are not "interchangeable" - * like they would be with a real switch. So please check the wiring first. - * - * Settings for all BLTouch and clone probes: - */ - - // Safety: The probe needs time to recognize the command. - // Minimum command delay (ms). Enable and increase if needed. - //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 500 - - /** - * Settings for BLTOUCH Classic 1.2, 1.3 or BLTouch Smart 1.0, 2.0, 2.2, 3.0, 3.1, and most clones: - */ - - // Feature: Switch into SW mode after a deploy. It makes the output pulse longer. Can be useful - // in special cases, like noisy or filtered input configurations. - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_SW_MODE - - /** - * Settings for BLTouch Smart 3.0 and 3.1 - * Summary: - * - Voltage modes: 5V and OD (open drain - "logic voltage free") output modes - * - High-Speed mode - * - Disable LCD voltage options - */ - - /** - * Danger: Don't activate 5V mode unless attached to a 5V-tolerant controller! - * V3.0 or 3.1: Set default mode to 5V mode at Marlin startup. - * If disabled, OD mode is the hard-coded default on 3.0 - * On startup, Marlin will compare its eeprom to this vale. If the selected mode - * differs, a mode set eeprom write will be completed at initialization. - * Use the option below to force an eeprom write to a V3.1 probe regardless. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_SET_5V_MODE - - /** - * Safety: Activate if connecting a probe with an unknown voltage mode. - * V3.0: Set a probe into mode selected above at Marlin startup. Required for 5V mode on 3.0 - * V3.1: Force a probe with unknown mode into selected mode at Marlin startup ( = Probe EEPROM write ) - * To preserve the life of the probe, use this once then turn it off and re-flash. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_FORCE_MODE_SET - - /** - * Use "HIGH SPEED" mode for probing. - * Danger: Disable if your probe sometimes fails. Only suitable for stable well-adjusted systems. - * This feature was designed for Delta's with very fast Z moves however higher speed cartesians may function - * If the machine cannot raise the probe fast enough after a trigger, it may enter a fault state. - */ - //#define BLTOUCH_HS_MODE - - // Safety: Enable voltage mode settings in the LCD menu. - //#define BLTOUCH_LCD_VOLTAGE_MENU - -#endif // BLTOUCH - -/** - * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment - * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe. - */ -//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN -#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN) - // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3] - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_XY { { 10, 290 }, { 150, 10 }, { 290, 290 } } - - // Provide Z stepper positions for more rapid convergence in bed alignment. - // Currently requires triple stepper drivers. - //#define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS - #if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_KNOWN_STEPPER_POSITIONS) - // Define Stepper XY positions for Z1, Z2, Z3 corresponding to - // the Z screw positions in the bed carriage. - // Define one position per Z stepper in stepper driver order. - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_STEPPER_XY { { 210.7, 102.5 }, { 152.6, 220.0 }, { 94.5, 102.5 } } - #else - // Amplification factor. Used to scale the correction step up or down. - // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point. - // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0 - #endif - - // Set number of iterations to align - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3 - - // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation - #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34 - - // On a 300mm bed a 5% grade would give a misalignment of ~1.5cm - #define G34_MAX_GRADE 5 // (%) Maximum incline G34 will handle - - // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early - #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02 -#endif - -// @section motion - -#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES { false, false, false, false } - -// Add a Duplicate option for well-separated conjoined nozzles -//#define MULTI_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION - -// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step. -#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false -#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false - -// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate. -// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true. -// Time can be set by M18 and M84. -#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120 -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // Set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished. -#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true - -#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate -#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0 - -//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated - -// Minimum time that a segment needs to take if the buffer is emptied -#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000 // (ms) - -// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full -#define SLOWDOWN - -// Frequency limit -// See nophead's blog for more info -// Not working O -//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15 - -// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end -// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed -// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds. -#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s) - -// -// Backlash Compensation -// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash. -// -//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION -#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION) - // Define values for backlash distance and correction. - // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults. - #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction - - // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments - // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!) - //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm) - - // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425) - //#define BACKLASH_GCODE - - #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE) - // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z" - #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING - - #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING) - // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT - // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION - // increments while checking for the contact to be broken. - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm) - #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m) - #endif - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration - * - * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically- - * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed. - * - * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object - * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash - * and hotend offsets. - * - * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within - * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed. - */ -//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE -#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE) - - #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm - - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m - #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m - - // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip. - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm - #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm - - // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM). - //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING - - // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed. - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0 } // mm - #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0 } // mm - - // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best - // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable. - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT - #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK - - // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If - // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges. - //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES - - // Define pin which is read during calibration - #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // Set to true to invert the pin - //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN - #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies - * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible - * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the - * lowest stepping frequencies. - */ -//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING - -/** - * Custom Microstepping - * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported. - */ -//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW -//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH -//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH - -// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU. -#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16] - -/** - * @section stepper motor current - * - * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware. - * - * The power on motor currents are set by: - * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2 - * known compatible chips: A4982 - * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H - * known compatible chips: AD5206 - * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - * known compatible chips: MCP4728 - * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018 - * - * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD. - * M907 - applies to all. - * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H - * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2 - */ -//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps -//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A) -//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis - -// Uncomment to enable an I2C based DIGIPOT like on the Azteeg X3 Pro -#define DIGIPOT_I2C - -#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A) // Default to settings in pins_XXXX.h files - /** - * Common slave addresses: - * - * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC - * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451 - * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451 - * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018 - */ - #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2F // unshifted slave address for DIGIPOT (5E <- 2F << 1) - //#define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // one DIGIPOT on this board -#endif - -#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 5 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5 -// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS. -// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed. -#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 0.22, 0.22, 0.39, 0.42, 0.42 } // MIGHTYBOARD_REVE - -//=========================================================================== -//=============================Additional Features=========================== -//=========================================================================== - -// @section lcd - -#if EITHER(ULTIPANEL, EXTENSIBLE_UI) - #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE { 50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60 } // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel - #define SHORT_MANUAL_Z_MOVE 0.025 // (mm) Smallest manual Z move (< 0.1mm) - #if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL) - #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Display extruder move distance rather than "position" - #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Encoder sets the feedrate multiplier on the Status Screen - #endif -#endif - -// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster -#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER -#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER) - #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed - #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed -#endif - -// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen -//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE -#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE) - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10 - #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440 -#endif - -#if HAS_LCD_MENU - - // Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu - #define LCD_INFO_MENU - #if ENABLED(LCD_INFO_MENU) - //#define LCD_PRINTER_INFO_IS_BOOTSCREEN // Show bootscreen(s) instead of Printer Info pages - #endif - - // BACK menu items keep the highlight at the top - //#define TURBO_BACK_MENU_ITEM - - /** - * LED Control Menu - * Add LED Control to the LCD menu - */ - //#define LED_CONTROL_MENU - #if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU) - #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option - #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS) - #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value - #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity - //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup - #endif - #endif - -#endif // HAS_LCD_MENU - -// Scroll a longer status message into view -//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING - -// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible -//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY - -// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus -//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000 - -// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage -//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY - -// Show the E position (filament used) during printing -//#define LCD_SHOW_E_TOTAL - -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define PRINT_PROGRESS_SHOW_DECIMALS // Show progress with decimal digits - //#define SHOW_REMAINING_TIME // Display estimated time to completion - #if ENABLED(SHOW_REMAINING_TIME) - //#define USE_M73_REMAINING_TIME // Use remaining time from M73 command instead of estimation - //#define ROTATE_PROGRESS_DISPLAY // Display (P)rogress, (E)lapsed, and (R)emaining time - #endif -#endif - -#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) - #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar - #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message - #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever) - //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it - //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar - #endif -#endif - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - - // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work - // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined - // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions. - // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground. - // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER). - #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED - - #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished - #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place. - - // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT. - // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended. - #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST - - #define SD_MENU_CONFIRM_START // Confirm the selected SD file before printing - - //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART // Add a menu option to run auto#.g files - - #define EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP "G28XY" // G-code to run on Stop Print (e.g., "G28XY" or "G27") - - /** - * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D) - * - * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer - * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present - * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known - * point in the file. - */ - //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - //#define BACKUP_POWER_SUPPLY // Backup power / UPS to move the steppers on power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) Z axis raise on resume (on power loss with UPS) - //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss - //#define POWER_LOSS_PULL // Set pullup / pulldown as appropriate - //#define POWER_LOSS_PURGE_LEN 20 // (mm) Length of filament to purge on resume - //#define POWER_LOSS_RETRACT_LEN 10 // (mm) Length of filament to retract on fail. Requires backup power. - - // Without a POWER_LOSS_PIN the following option helps reduce wear on the SD card, - // especially with "vase mode" printing. Set too high and vases cannot be continued. - #define POWER_LOSS_MIN_Z_CHANGE 0.05 // (mm) Minimum Z change before saving power-loss data - #endif - - /** - * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order. - * - * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted - * by name for easier navigation. - * - * By default... - * - * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting. - * - Folders are sorted to the top. - * - The sort key is statically allocated. - * - No added G-code (M34) support. - * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.) - * - * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the - * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM - * limit is exceeded. - * - * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer. - * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer. - * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!) - * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!) - */ - //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA - - // SD Card Sorting options - #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA) - #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each. - #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below - #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code. - #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting. - #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.) - #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option. - #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use! - #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting. - // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM. - #endif - - // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33 - //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT - - // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu - //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES - - // Leave the heaters on after Stop Print (not recommended!) - //#define SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN - - /** - * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered. - * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu. - * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing. - */ - //#define SD_ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT - - /** - * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again. - * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected. - * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere. - */ - //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE - - /** - * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S - */ - //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS - - /** - * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or - * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear - * to Marlin as an SD card. - * - * The MAX3421E can be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with - * the following pin mapping: - * - * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO - * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN [1] - * SS --> SDSS - * - * [1] On AVR an interrupt-capable pin is best for UHS3 compatibility. - */ - //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT - #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT) - #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS - #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN - - /** - * USB Host Shield Library - * - * - UHS2 uses no interrupts and has been production-tested - * on a LulzBot TAZ Pro with a 32-bit Archim board. - * - * - UHS3 is newer code with better USB compatibility. But it - * is less tested and is known to interfere with Servos. - * [1] This requires USB_INTR_PIN to be interrupt-capable. - */ - //#define USE_UHS3_USB - #endif - - /** - * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing, - * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot. - * - * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega) - * - * Tested with this bootloader: - * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560 - */ - //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE - #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE) - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0 - #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF - #endif - - // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1' - //#define BINARY_FILE_TRANSFER - - #if HAS_SDCARD_CONNECTION - /** - * Set this option to one of the following (or the board's defaults apply): - * - * LCD - Use the SD drive in the external LCD controller. - * ONBOARD - Use the SD drive on the control board. (No SD_DETECT_PIN. M21 to init.) - * CUSTOM_CABLE - Use a custom cable to access the SD (as defined in a pins file). - * - * :[ 'LCD', 'ONBOARD', 'CUSTOM_CABLE' ] - */ - //#define SDCARD_CONNECTION LCD - #endif - -#endif // SDSUPPORT - -/** - * By default an onboard SD card reader may be shared as a USB mass- - * storage device. This option hides the SD card from the host PC. - */ -//#define NO_SD_HOST_DRIVE // Disable SD Card access over USB (for security). - -/** - * Additional options for Graphical Displays - * - * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance, - * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing, - * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing - * on DELTA and SCARA machines. - * - * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind - * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable - * printing performance versus fast display updates. - */ -#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar - //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen - #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens - #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME - - // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT - - // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM. - // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese. - //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT - - // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates. - // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display. - //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5 - - // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay - //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE - - /** - * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using - * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates. - * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode. - * - * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status - * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the - * length of time to display the status message before clearing. - * - * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status. - * This will prevent position updates from being displayed. - */ - #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920) - //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI - #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI) - #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20 - #endif - #endif - - /** - * Status (Info) Screen customizations - * These options may affect code size and screen render time. - * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings. - */ - //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones - //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM) - #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating - #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating - #define STATUS_CHAMBER_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate chamber heating - //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap - //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap - //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames - //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_SMALL // Show a smaller Marlin logo on the Boot Screen (saving 399 bytes of flash) - //#define BOOT_MARLIN_LOGO_ANIMATED // Animated Marlin logo. Costs ~‭3260 (or ~940) bytes of PROGMEM. - - // Frivolous Game Options - //#define MARLIN_BRICKOUT - //#define MARLIN_INVADERS - //#define MARLIN_SNAKE - //#define GAMES_EASTER_EGG // Add extra blank lines above the "Games" sub-menu - -#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD - -// -// Touch UI for the FTDI Embedded Video Engine (EVE) -// -#if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_FTDI_EVE) - // Display board used - //#define LCD_FTDI_VM800B35A // FTDI 3.5" with FT800 (320x240) - //#define LCD_4DSYSTEMS_4DLCD_FT843 // 4D Systems 4.3" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT800CB // Haoyu with 4.3" or 5" (480x272) - //#define LCD_HAOYU_FT810CB // Haoyu with 5" (800x480) - //#define LCD_ALEPHOBJECTS_CLCD_UI // Aleph Objects Color LCD UI - - // Correct the resolution if not using the stock TFT panel. - //#define TOUCH_UI_320x240 - //#define TOUCH_UI_480x272 - //#define TOUCH_UI_800x480 - - // Mappings for boards with a standard RepRapDiscount Display connector - //#define AO_EXP1_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP1 mapping - //#define AO_EXP2_PINMAP // AlephObjects CLCD UI EXP2 mapping - //#define CR10_TFT_PINMAP // Rudolph Riedel's CR10 pin mapping - //#define OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT // Define pins manually below - #if ENABLED(OTHER_PIN_LAYOUT) - // The pins for CS and MOD_RESET (PD) must be chosen. - #define CLCD_MOD_RESET 9 - #define CLCD_SPI_CS 10 - - // If using software SPI, specify pins for SCLK, MOSI, MISO - //#define CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI - #if ENABLED(CLCD_USE_SOFT_SPI) - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MOSI 11 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_MISO 12 - #define CLCD_SOFT_SPI_SCLK 13 - #endif - #endif - - // Display Orientation. An inverted (i.e. upside-down) display - // is supported on the FT800. The FT810 and beyond also support - // portrait and mirrored orientations. - //#define TOUCH_UI_INVERTED - //#define TOUCH_UI_PORTRAIT - //#define TOUCH_UI_MIRRORED - - // UTF8 processing and rendering. - // Unsupported characters are shown as '?'. - //#define TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8 - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_USE_UTF8) - // Western accents support. These accented characters use - // combined bitmaps and require relatively little storage. - #define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET - #if ENABLED(TOUCH_UI_UTF8_WESTERN_CHARSET) - // Additional character groups. These characters require - // full bitmaps and take up considerable storage: - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SUPERSCRIPTS // ¹ ² ³ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_COPYRIGHT // © ® - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_GERMANIC // ß - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SCANDINAVIAN // Æ Ð Ø Þ æ ð ø þ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_PUNCTUATION // « » ¿ ¡ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_CURRENCY // ¢ £ ¤ ¥ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_ORDINALS // º ª - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_MATHEMATICS // ± × ÷ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_FRACTIONS // ¼ ½ ¾ - //#define TOUCH_UI_UTF8_SYMBOLS // µ ¶ ¦ § ¬ - #endif - #endif - - // Use a smaller font when labels don't fit buttons - #define TOUCH_UI_FIT_TEXT - - // Allow language selection from menu at run-time (otherwise use LCD_LANGUAGE) - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_1 en - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_2 fr - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_3 de - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_4 es - //#define LCD_LANGUAGE_5 it - - // Use a numeric passcode for "Screen lock" keypad. - // (recommended for smaller displays) - //#define TOUCH_UI_PASSCODE - - // Output extra debug info for Touch UI events - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEBUG - - // Developer menu (accessed by touching "About Printer" copyright text) - //#define TOUCH_UI_DEVELOPER_MENU -#endif - -// -// FSMC Graphical TFT -// -#if ENABLED(FSMC_GRAPHICAL_TFT) - //#define TFT_MARLINUI_COLOR 0xFFFF // White - //#define TFT_MARLINBG_COLOR 0x0000 // Black - //#define TFT_DISABLED_COLOR 0x0003 // Almost black - //#define TFT_BTCANCEL_COLOR 0xF800 // Red - //#define TFT_BTARROWS_COLOR 0xDEE6 // 11011 110111 00110 Yellow - //#define TFT_BTOKMENU_COLOR 0x145F // 00010 100010 11111 Cyan -#endif - -// @section safety - -/** - * The watchdog hardware timer will do a reset and disable all outputs - * if the firmware gets too overloaded to read the temperature sensors. - * - * If you find that watchdog reboot causes your AVR board to hang forever, - * enable WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL to use a custom timer instead of WDTO. - * NOTE: This method is less reliable as it can only catch hangups while - * interrupts are enabled. - */ -#define USE_WATCHDOG -#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG) - //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL -#endif - -// @section lcd - -/** - * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing - * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z - * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time. - * - * Warning: Does not respect endstops! - */ -//#define BABYSTEPPING -#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - //#define BABYSTEP_WITHOUT_HOMING - //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA! - #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_Z 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion. - #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR_XY 1 - - //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping. - #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING) - #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds. - // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency. - //#define BABYSTEP_ALWAYS_AVAILABLE // Allow babystepping at all times (not just during movement). - //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle. - #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE) - #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size. - #endif - #endif - - //#define BABYSTEP_DISPLAY_TOTAL // Display total babysteps since last G28 - - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping - #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET) - //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets - //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor - #endif -#endif - -// @section extruder - -/** - * Linear Pressure Control v1.5 - * - * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s]) - * K=0 means advance disabled. - * - * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions! - * - * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak. - * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances. - * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk) - * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions. - * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues. - */ -//#define LIN_ADVANCE -#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE) - //#define EXTRA_LIN_ADVANCE_K // Enable for second linear advance constants - #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed - //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB. -#endif - -// @section leveling - -/** - * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures. - * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate. - */ -#if EITHER(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15 - //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170 - //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20 -#endif - -/** - * Override MIN_PROBE_EDGE for each side of the build plate - * Useful to get probe points to exact positions on targets or - * to allow leveling to avoid plate clamps on only specific - * sides of the bed. - * - * If you are replacing the prior *_PROBE_BED_POSITION options, - * LEFT and FRONT values in most cases will map directly over - * RIGHT and REAR would be the inverse such as - * (X/Y_BED_SIZE - RIGHT/BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION) - * - * This will allow all positions to match at compilation, however - * should the probe position be modified with M851XY then the - * probe points will follow. This prevents any change from causing - * the probe to be unable to reach any points. - */ -#if PROBE_SELECTED && !IS_KINEMATIC - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_LEFT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_RIGHT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_FRONT MIN_PROBE_EDGE - //#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE_BACK MIN_PROBE_EDGE -#endif - -#if EITHER(MESH_BED_LEVELING, AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL) - // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large - //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET - //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) - //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET) -#endif - -/** - * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds. - * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts. - */ -//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER -#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER) - #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3 - #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE - /** - * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds, - * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried. - */ - #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done." - #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0" - #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1" - -#endif - -// @section extras - -// -// G2/G3 Arc Support -// -#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes -#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT) - #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment - #define MIN_ARC_SEGMENTS 24 // Minimum number of segments in a complete circle - #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of interpolated segments between corrections - //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles - //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes -#endif - -// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes. -//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT - -/** - * G38 Probe Target - * - * This option adds G38.2 and G38.3 (probe towards target) - * and optionally G38.4 and G38.5 (probe away from target). - * Set MULTIPLE_PROBING for G38 to probe more than once. - */ -//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET -#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET) - //#define G38_PROBE_AWAY // Include G38.4 and G38.5 to probe away from target - #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // (mm) Minimum distance that will produce a move. -#endif - -// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move -#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6 - -/** - * Minimum delay before and after setting the stepper DIR (in ns) - * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire) - * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers - * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers - * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers - * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers - * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet) - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_POST_DIR_DELAY 650 -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PRE_DIR_DELAY 650 - -/** - * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs) - * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers - * 0 : Minimum 500ns for LV8729, adjusted in stepper.h - * 1 : Minimum for A4988 and A5984 stepper drivers - * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers - * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers - * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2 - -/** - * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows - * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE) - * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver - * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers - * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver - * 200000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver - * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver - * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver - * - * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h. - */ -//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000 - -// @section temperature - -// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel. -//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL - -//=========================================================================== -//================================= Buffers ================================= -//=========================================================================== - -// @section hidden - -// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time. -// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering. -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller -#else - #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer -#endif - -// @section serial - -// The ASCII buffer for serial input -#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96 -#define BUFSIZE 4 - -// Transmission to Host Buffer Size -// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0. -// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes. -// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes. -// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed. -// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256] -#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0 - -// Host Receive Buffer Size -// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough. -// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes. -// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048] -//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024 - -#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024 - // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to - // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full. - //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF -#endif - -// Add M575 G-code to change the baud rate -//#define BAUD_RATE_GCODE - -#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) - // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum - // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED - - // Enable this option to collect and display the number - // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD. - //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX -#endif - -// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they -// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked. -// Currently handles M108, M112, M410 -// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors! -//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER - -// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok' -// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout. -// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'. -// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here. -//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds - -// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary. -//#define ADVANCED_OK - -// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once. -// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output. -#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION - -// @section extras - -/** - * Extra Fan Speed - * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan. - * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for - * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed - * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed - */ -//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED - -/** - * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract - * - * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover. - * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover. - * - * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract. - * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range - * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves. - * - * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change. - * - * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM. - * - */ -//#define FWRETRACT -#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT) - #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // Override slicer retractions - #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT) - #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // (mm) Don't convert E moves under this length - #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // (mm) Don't convert E moves over this length - #endif - #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // (mm) Default retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // (mm) Default swap retract length (positive value) - #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for retracting - #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // (mm) Default retract Z-raise - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Default additional recover length (added to retract length on recover) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // (mm) Default additional swap recover length (added to retract length on recover from toolchange) - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from retraction - #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // (mm/s) Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction - #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER) - //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Universal tool change settings. - * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted. - */ -#if EXTRUDERS > 1 - // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders - #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm) - //#define TOOLCHANGE_NO_RETURN // Never return to the previous position on tool-change - - // Retract and prime filament on tool-change - //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m) - #endif - - /** - * Position to park head during tool change. - * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER - */ - //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK - #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK) - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 } - #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m) - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Advanced Pause - * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused. - * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change. - * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle. - * - * Requires an LCD display. - * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE. - * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT. - */ -//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE -#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate. - #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract. - // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - // Set to 0 for manual unloading. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material. - // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle. - // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle. - // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading. - // Set to 0 for manual extrusion. - // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu - // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament. - #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park. - //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FANS_PAUSE // Turn off print-cooling fans while the machine is paused. - - // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first: - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract. - #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged. - - #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety. - #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed. - #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change. - - //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change. - //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change - - //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu. - //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302) -#endif - -// @section tmc - -/** - * TMC26X Stepper Driver options - * - * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X) - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X) - #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA) - #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X) - #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X) - #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X) - #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X) - #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X) - #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X) - #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X) - #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X) - #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X) - #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X) - #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X) - #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X) - #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000 - #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #endif - -#endif // TMC26X - -// @section tmc_smart - -/** - * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode - * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define - * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3 - * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.). - * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins. - * - * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN - * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor. - * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without - * a resistor. - * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial. - * - * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers. - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - */ -#if HAS_TRINAMIC - - #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current - #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256 - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X) - #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current. - #define X_CURRENT_HOME X_CURRENT // (mA) RMS current for sensorless homing - #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256 - #define X_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // <=0 : Not chained. 1 : MCU MOSI connected. 2 : Next in chain, ... - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2) - #define X2_CURRENT 800 - #define X2_CURRENT_HOME X2_CURRENT - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define X2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y) - #define Y_CURRENT 800 - #define Y_CURRENT_HOME Y_CURRENT - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2) - #define Y2_CURRENT 800 - #define Y2_CURRENT_HOME Y2_CURRENT - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z) - #define Z_CURRENT 800 - #define Z_CURRENT_HOME Z_CURRENT - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2) - #define Z2_CURRENT 800 - #define Z2_CURRENT_HOME Z2_CURRENT - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3) - #define Z3_CURRENT 800 - #define Z3_CURRENT_HOME Z3_CURRENT - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0) - #define E0_CURRENT 800 - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E0_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1) - #define E1_CURRENT 800 - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E1_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2) - #define E2_CURRENT 800 - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E2_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3) - #define E3_CURRENT 800 - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E3_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4) - #define E4_CURRENT 800 - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E4_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5) - #define E5_CURRENT 800 - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16 - #define E5_RSENSE 0.11 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here. - * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file. - */ - //#define X_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z_CS_PIN -1 - //#define X2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E0_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E1_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E2_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E3_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E4_CS_PIN -1 - //#define E5_CS_PIN -1 - - /** - * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160). - * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files, - * but you can override or define them here. - */ - //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI - //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1 - //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1 - //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1 - - /** - * Four TMC2209 drivers can use the same HW/SW serial port with hardware configured addresses. - * Set the address using jumpers on pins MS1 and MS2. - * Address | MS1 | MS2 - * 0 | LOW | LOW - * 1 | HIGH | LOW - * 2 | LOW | HIGH - * 3 | HIGH | HIGH - * - * Set *_SERIAL_TX_PIN and *_SERIAL_RX_PIN to match for all drivers - * on the same serial port, either here or in your board's pins file. - */ - #define X_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define X2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Y2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define Z3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E0_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E1_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E2_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E3_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E4_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - #define E5_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 - - /** - * Software enable - * - * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same - * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART. - */ - //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode. - * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode. - */ - #define STEALTHCHOP_XY - #define STEALTHCHOP_Z - #define STEALTHCHOP_E - - /** - * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets - * or with the help of an example included in the library. - * Provided parameter sets are - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V - * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V - * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V) - * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9 - * - * Define you own with - * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] } - */ - #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V - - /** - * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions, - * like overtemperature and short to ground. - * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition. - * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag. - * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG) - */ - //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA] - #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE - #define STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - - /** - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC2209, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only - * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels. - * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD. - * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting - */ - //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD - - #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s] - #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 - #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3 - #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30 - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to home / probe X, Y, Z. - * - * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2209, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only - * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin. - * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode. - * - * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is the default stall threshold. - * Use M914 X Y Z to set the stall threshold at runtime: - * - * Sensitivity TMC2209 Others - * HIGHEST 255 -64 (Too sensitive => False positive) - * LOWEST 0 63 (Too insensitive => No trigger) - * - * It is recommended to set [XYZ]_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0. - * - * SPI_ENDSTOPS *** Beta feature! *** TMC2130 Only *** - * Poll the driver through SPI to determine load when homing. - * Removes the need for a wire from DIAG1 to an endstop pin. - * - * IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY tunes acceleration and jerk when - * homing and adds a guard period for endstop triggering. - * - * TMC2209 requires STEALTHCHOP enabled for SENSORLESS_HOMING - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - /** - * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle. - * - * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod - * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature. - */ - //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // StallGuard capable drivers only - - #if EITHER(SENSORLESS_HOMING, SENSORLESS_PROBING) - // TMC2209: 0...255. TMC2130: -64...63 - #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - #define X2_STALL_SENSITIVITY X_STALL_SENSITIVITY - #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8 - //#define SPI_ENDSTOPS // TMC2130 only - //#define HOME_USING_SPREADCYCLE - //#define IMPROVE_HOMING_RELIABILITY - #endif - - /** - * Beta feature! - * Create a 50/50 square wave step pulse optimal for stepper drivers. - */ - //#define SQUARE_WAVE_STEPPING - - /** - * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers. - * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting. - */ - //#define TMC_DEBUG - - /** - * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions. - * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page - * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper - * - * Example: - * #define TMC_ADV() { \ - * stepperX.diag0_otpw(1); \ - * stepperY.intpol(0); \ - * } - */ - #define TMC_ADV() { } - -#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC - -// @section L6470 - -/** - * L6470 Stepper Driver options - * - * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver. - * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470 - * - * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file - * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN - * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN - * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional) - */ -#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470) - - //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470) - #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128) - #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down) - #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down) - #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper - #define X_CHAIN_POS -1 // Position in SPI chain. (<=0 : Not in chain. 1 : Nearest MOSI) - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470) - #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define X2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470) - #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470) - #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Y2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470) - #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470) - #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470) - #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define Z3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470) - #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E0_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470) - #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E1_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470) - #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E2_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470) - #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E3_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470) - #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E4_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470) - #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128 - #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000 - #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500 - #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 - #define E5_CHAIN_POS -1 - #endif - - /** - * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current. - * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears. - * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print. - * Relevant g-codes: - * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given. - * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0 - * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1 - * I3 - Z3 or E3 - * I4 - E4 - * I5 - E5 - * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning - * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds - * M918 - Increase speed until max or error - * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters - */ - //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS - - #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS) - #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1 - //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR - #endif - -#endif // L6470 - -/** - * TWI/I2C BUS - * - * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production - * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave - * devices on the bus. - * - * ; Example #1 - * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg - * M260 A99 ; Target slave address - * M260 B77 ; M - * M260 B97 ; a - * M260 B114 ; r - * M260 B108 ; l - * M260 B105 ; i - * M260 B110 ; n - * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer - * - * ; Example #2 - * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99) - * M261 A99 B5 - * - * ; Example #3 - * ; Example serial output of a M261 request - * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello - */ - -// @section i2cbus - -//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS -#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave - -// @section extras - -/** - * Photo G-code - * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo. - * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement. - */ -//#define PHOTO_GCODE -#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE) - // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo - //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z) - //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P) - //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S) - - // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger - // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/ - //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23 - - // Canon Hack Development Kit - // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/ - //#define CHDK_PIN 4 - - // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J) - - // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high - //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D) -#endif - -/** - * Spindle & Laser control - * - * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and - * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power. - * - * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community. - * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set - * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM. - * - * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V - * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction. - * - * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details. - */ -//#define SPINDLE_FEATURE -//#define LASER_FEATURE -#if EITHER(SPINDLE_FEATURE, LASER_FEATURE) - #define SPINDLE_LASER_ACTIVE_HIGH false // Set to "true" if the on/off function is active HIGH - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // Set to "true" if your controller supports setting the speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // Set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power - #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay to allow the spindle to stop - - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - //#define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR // Enable if your spindle controller can change spindle direction - #define SPINDLE_CHANGE_DIR_STOP // Enable if the spindle should stop before changing spin direction - #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false // Set to "true" if the spin direction is reversed - - /** - * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power - * - * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT - * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255 - * - * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET) - */ - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM - #else - #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922 - #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0 - #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10 - #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100% - #endif -#endif - -/** - * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 - * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. - * - * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. - */ -//#define LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 - -/** - * Coolant Control - * - * Add the M7, M8, and M9 commands to turn mist or flood coolant on and off. - * - * Note: COOLANT_MIST_PIN and/or COOLANT_FLOOD_PIN must also be defined. - */ -//#define COOLANT_CONTROL -#if ENABLED(COOLANT_CONTROL) - #define COOLANT_MIST // Enable if mist coolant is present - #define COOLANT_FLOOD // Enable if flood coolant is present - #define COOLANT_MIST_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed - #define COOLANT_FLOOD_INVERT false // Set "true" if the on/off function is reversed -#endif - -/** - * Filament Width Sensor - * - * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts - * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities. - * - * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the - * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the - * volume. - * - * Only a single extruder is supported at this time. - * - * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector - * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E) - * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3 - * - * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards. - */ -//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR - -#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR) - #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4] - #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber - - #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it - #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM. - - #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially - - // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds. - //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY -#endif - -/** - * CNC Coordinate Systems - * - * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems - * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space. - */ -//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS - -/** - * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S - */ -#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES - -/** - * Include capabilities in M115 output - */ -#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT - -/** - * Expected Printer Check - * Add the M16 G-code to compare a string to the MACHINE_NAME. - * M16 with a non-matching string causes the printer to halt. - */ -//#define EXPECTED_PRINTER_CHECK - -/** - * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options - */ -//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS - -#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS) - /** - * Volumetric extrusion default state - * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method, - * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter. - * - * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter. - */ - //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON -#endif - -/** - * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all - * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc. - * - * - M206 and M428 are disabled. - * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0. - */ -//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS - -/** - * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space. - * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output. - * - * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0. - * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font. - */ -#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0 - -/** - * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser - */ -#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER - -/** - * CNC G-code options - * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc. - * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all). - * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality. - */ -//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments -//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc. - -// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves -//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m) -#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE - //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode -#endif - -/** - * Startup commands - * - * Execute certain G-code commands immediately after power-on. - */ -//#define STARTUP_COMMANDS "M17 Z" - -/** - * G-code Macros - * - * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros. - * Macros are not saved to EEPROM. - */ -//#define GCODE_MACROS -#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS) - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used - #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro -#endif - -/** - * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode - */ -//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS -#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS) - //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands" - #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done" - #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK - //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script - - #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info" - #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W" - - #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL - #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND) - - #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level" - #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29" - - #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info" - #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503" -#endif - -/** - * Host Action Commands - * - * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard. - * - * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands - * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel - * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed - * - * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands. - * - * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so - * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side. - */ -//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS -#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS) - //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT -#endif - -/** - * Cancel Objects - * - * Implement M486 to allow Marlin to skip objects - */ -//#define CANCEL_OBJECTS - -/** - * I2C position encoders for closed loop control. - * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D. - * - * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder - * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder - * - * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module - * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/ - * - * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability. - */ - -//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS -#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS) - - #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5 - // encoders supported currently. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or- - // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for - // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm, - // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution. - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper - // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction. - #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the - // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors - // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of - // measurement noise / latency (filter). - - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2. - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP - #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10 - - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options - #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below. - - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4. - #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS - - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5. - #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS - - // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above. - #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR - #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048 - #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE - #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1 - - //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given - // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to - // disable abort behavior. - - #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault - // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder - // is trusted again. - - /** - * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves, - * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with - * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration. - */ - #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks. - - // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise. - #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE - -#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS - -/** - * Analog Joystick(s) - */ -//#define JOYSTICK -#if ENABLED(JOYSTICK) - #define JOY_X_PIN 5 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A5 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Y_PIN 10 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A10 on AUX2 - #define JOY_Z_PIN 12 // RAMPS: Suggested pin A12 on AUX2 - #define JOY_EN_PIN 44 // RAMPS: Suggested pin D44 on AUX2 - - // Use M119 to find reasonable values after connecting your hardware: - #define JOY_X_LIMITS { 5600, 8190-100, 8190+100, 10800 } // min, deadzone start, deadzone end, max - #define JOY_Y_LIMITS { 5600, 8250-100, 8250+100, 11000 } - #define JOY_Z_LIMITS { 4800, 8080-100, 8080+100, 11550 } -#endif - -/** - * MAX7219 Debug Matrix - * - * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display. - * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage. - */ -//#define MAX7219_DEBUG -#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG) - #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64 - #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57 - #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44 - - //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix - #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral) - #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain. - #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°) - // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180 - //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order - //#define MAX7219_SIDE_BY_SIDE // Big chip+matrix boards can be chained side-by-side - - /** - * Sample debug features - * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts! - */ - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row - - #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row - // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how - // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time. -#endif - -/** - * NanoDLP Sync support - * - * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp" - * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use - * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands - */ -//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC -#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC) - //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move. - // Default behavior is limited to Z axis only. -#endif - -/** - * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi) - */ -//#define WIFISUPPORT -#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT) - #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID" - #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password" - //#define WEBSUPPORT // Start a webserver with auto-discovery - //#define OTASUPPORT // Support over-the-air firmware updates -#endif - -/** - * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2 - * Enable in Configuration.h - */ -#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2) - - // Serial port used for communication with MMU2. - // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial) - // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2) - #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2 - #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial - - // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it - //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23 - - // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up) - //#define MMU2_MODE_12V - - // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout - #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600" - - // Add an LCD menu for MMU2 - //#define MMU2_MENUS - #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS) - // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu. - // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware. - #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0 - #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \ - { 7.2, 562 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 36.0, 1393 }, \ - { 14.4, 871 }, \ - { 50.0, 198 } - - #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \ - { 1.0, 1000 }, \ - { 1.0, 1500 }, \ - { 2.0, 2000 }, \ - { 1.5, 3000 }, \ - { 2.5, 4000 }, \ - { -15.0, 5000 }, \ - { -14.0, 1200 }, \ - { -6.0, 600 }, \ - { 10.0, 700 }, \ - { -10.0, 400 }, \ - { -50.0, 2000 } - - #endif - - //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output - -#endif // PRUSA_MMU2 - -/** - * Advanced Print Counter settings - */ -#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER) - #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3 - // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs - //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours - //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3" - //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours -#endif - -// @section develop - -/** - * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins - */ -//#define PINS_DEBUGGING - -// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands -//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE From 5b47d64e15d0e8aa06eca18a36081c30a7aecdc8 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Scott Lahteine Date: Wed, 17 Jun 2020 13:49:27 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 11/24] More... --- Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M106_M107.cpp | 8 ++------ Marlin/src/lcd/dwin/dwin.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp | 12 +++--------- Marlin/src/module/planner.h | 18 +++++++++--------- 5 files changed, 16 insertions(+), 26 deletions(-) diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.cpp index eb0cf2006c21..a6e6bb1b254e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.cpp @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ void report_tool_type() { const static char* const tool_strings[] PROGMEM = { str_tooltype_0, str_tooltype_1, str_tooltype_2 }; SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Tool: "); - serialprintPGM((char*)pgm_read_word(&(tool_strings[tool_type]))); + serialprintPGM((char*)pgm_read_ptr(&(tool_strings[tool_type]))); SERIAL_CHAR(' '); SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)(tool_type == TOOL_TYPE_EXTRUDER ? active_extruder : 0)); } diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M106_M107.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M106_M107.cpp index ca2abf5ccb9f..953847dcca6a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M106_M107.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/temp/M106_M107.cpp @@ -68,9 +68,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M106() { thermalManager.set_fan_speed(p, s); - #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) - planner.buffer_sync_block(BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_FANS); - #endif + TERN_(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107, planner.buffer_sync_block(BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_FANS)); } } @@ -80,9 +78,7 @@ void GcodeSuite::M106() { void GcodeSuite::M107() { const uint8_t p = parser.byteval('P', _ALT_P); thermalManager.set_fan_speed(p, 0); - #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) - planner.buffer_sync_block(BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_FANS); - #endif + TERN_(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107, planner.buffer_sync_block(BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_FANS)); } #endif // HAS_FAN diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dwin/dwin.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dwin/dwin.cpp index 74972228ca62..e56419d2c58b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dwin/dwin.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dwin/dwin.cpp @@ -1830,7 +1830,7 @@ void HMI_SelectFile(void) { card.openAndPrintFile(card.filename); - #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + #if HAS_FAN // All fans on for Ender 3 v2 ? // The slicer should manage this for us. //for (uint8_t i = 0; i < FAN_COUNT; i++) diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp index 0e547047eacc..88fc41a5e65b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp @@ -2615,14 +2615,8 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, * Add a block to the buffer that just updates the position, * or in case of LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 the fan PWM */ -void Planner::buffer_sync_block( - #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) - uint8_t sync_flag - #endif -) { - #if DISABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) - constexpr uint8_t sync_flag = BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION; - #endif +void Planner::buffer_sync_block(TERN_(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107, uint8_t sync_flag)) { + TERN_(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107,,constexpr uint8_t sync_flag = BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION); // Wait for the next available block uint8_t next_buffer_head; @@ -2651,7 +2645,7 @@ void Planner::buffer_sync_block( block_buffer_head = next_buffer_head; stepper.wake_up(); -} +} // buffer_sync_block() /** * Planner::buffer_segment diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.h b/Marlin/src/module/planner.h index de5858296b4f..772a83a4f9b1 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.h @@ -110,13 +110,15 @@ enum BlockFlagBit : char { }; enum BlockFlag : char { - BLOCK_FLAG_RECALCULATE = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_RECALCULATE), - , BLOCK_FLAG_NOMINAL_LENGTH = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_NOMINAL_LENGTH), - , BLOCK_FLAG_CONTINUED = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_CONTINUED), - , BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION), - , BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_FANS = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_FANS) + BLOCK_FLAG_RECALCULATE = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_RECALCULATE) + , BLOCK_FLAG_NOMINAL_LENGTH = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_NOMINAL_LENGTH) + , BLOCK_FLAG_CONTINUED = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_CONTINUED) + , BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_POSITION) #if ENABLED(DIRECT_STEPPING) - , BLOCK_FLAG_IS_PAGE = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_IS_PAGE) + , BLOCK_FLAG_IS_PAGE = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_IS_PAGE) + #endif + #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) + , BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_FANS = _BV(BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_FANS) #endif }; @@ -722,9 +724,7 @@ class Planner { * case of LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 the fan pwm */ static void buffer_sync_block( - #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) - uint8_t sync_flag=BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION - #endif + TERN_(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107, uint8_t sync_flag=BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION) ); #if IS_KINEMATIC From 5fd5ee57cf11199e47659a7f937a100b8286db32 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Scott Lahteine Date: Sat, 31 Oct 2020 21:38:17 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 12/24] Fix BLOCK_MASK_SYNC --- Marlin/src/module/planner.h | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.h b/Marlin/src/module/planner.h index abf1f444a856..caa0eb3dbbaa 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.h @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ enum BlockFlag : char { #endif }; -#define BLOCK_MASK_SYNC (BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION|BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_FANS) +#define BLOCK_MASK_SYNC ( BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION | TERN0(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107, BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_FANS) ) #if ENABLED(LASER_POWER_INLINE) From 639e743a1cc1320224759ddc6aa3941026360b3b Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Scott Lahteine Date: Sat, 31 Oct 2020 21:43:44 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 13/24] Fix a ternary typo --- Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp index 4b3516c2d1ab..0a5fe333377e 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp @@ -2656,7 +2656,7 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, * or in case of LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 the fan PWM */ void Planner::buffer_sync_block(TERN_(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107, uint8_t sync_flag)) { - TERN_(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107,,constexpr uint8_t sync_flag = BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION); + TERN(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107,,constexpr uint8_t sync_flag = BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION); // Wait for the next available block uint8_t next_buffer_head; From 073cfe597b8ece8fef82a5be73fa83304e9acf44 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Scott Lahteine Date: Sat, 31 Oct 2020 21:52:34 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 14/24] Drop extra file --- Marlin/src/lcd/dwin/dwin.cpp | 3400 ---------------------------------- 1 file changed, 3400 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 Marlin/src/lcd/dwin/dwin.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dwin/dwin.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dwin/dwin.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index e56419d2c58b..000000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dwin/dwin.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,3400 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * DWIN by Creality3D - */ - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" - -#if ENABLED(DWIN_CREALITY_LCD) - -#include "dwin.h" - -#include -#include -#include - -#include "../fontutils.h" -#include "../ultralcd.h" - -#include "../../sd/cardreader.h" - -#include "../../MarlinCore.h" -#include "../../core/serial.h" -#include "../../core/macros.h" -#include "../../gcode/queue.h" - -#include "../../feature/powerloss.h" -#include "../../feature/babystep.h" - -#include "../../module/configuration_store.h" -#include "../../module/temperature.h" -#include "../../module/printcounter.h" -#include "../../module/motion.h" -#include "../../module/planner.h" - -#if HAS_LEVELING - #include "../../feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h" -#endif - -#if HAS_BED_PROBE - #include "../../module/probe.h" -#endif - -#include "../../libs/buzzer.h" - -#define PAUSE_HEAT true - -#define USE_STRING_HEADINGS - -#define MENU_FONT font8x16 -#define STAT_FONT font10x20 -#define HEADER_FONT font10x20 - -constexpr uint16_t TROWS = 6, MROWS = TROWS - 1, // Total rows, and other-than-Back - TITLE_HEIGHT = 30, // Title bar height - MLINE = 53, // Menu line height - LBLX = 60, // Menu item label X - MENU_CHR_W = 8, STAT_CHR_W = 10; - -#define MBASE(L) (49+(L)*MLINE) - -#define BABY_Z_VAR TERN(HAS_LEVELING, probe.offset.z, zprobe_zoffset) - -/* Value Init */ -HMI_value_t HMI_ValueStruct; -HMI_Flag HMI_flag{0}; - -millis_t Encoder_ms = 0; -millis_t Wait_ms = 0; -millis_t heat_time = 0; - -int checkkey = 0, last_checkkey = 0; - -typedef struct { - uint8_t now, last; - void set(uint8_t v) { now = last = v; } - void reset() { set(0); } - bool changed() { bool c = (now != last); if (c) last = now; return c; } - bool dec() { if (now) now--; return changed(); } - bool inc(uint8_t v) { if (now < v) now++; else now = v; return changed(); } -} select_t; - -select_t select_page{0}, select_file{0}, select_print{0}, select_prepare{0} - , select_control{0}, select_axis{0}, select_temp{0}, select_motion{0}, select_tune{0} - , select_PLA{0}, select_ABS{0} - , select_speed{0} - , select_acc{0} - , select_corner{0} - , select_step{0} - //, select_leveling{0} - ; - -uint8_t index_file = MROWS, - index_prepare = MROWS, - index_control = MROWS, - index_leveling = MROWS, - index_tune = 5; - -//char filebuf[50]; - -uint8_t countbuf = 0; - -bool recovery_flag = false, abort_flag = false; - -constexpr float default_max_feedrate[] = DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE; -constexpr float default_max_acceleration[] = DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION; -constexpr float default_max_jerk[] = { DEFAULT_XJERK, DEFAULT_YJERK, DEFAULT_ZJERK, DEFAULT_EJERK }; -constexpr float default_axis_steps_per_unit[] = DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT; - -uint8_t Percentrecord = 0; -uint16_t last_Printtime = 0, remain_time = 0; -float last_temp_hotend_target = 0, last_temp_bed_target = 0; -float last_temp_hotend_current = 0, last_temp_bed_current = 0; -uint8_t last_fan_speed = 0; -uint16_t last_speed = 0; - -float last_E_scale = 0; - -bool DWIN_lcd_sd_status = 0; - -bool pause_action_flag = 0; - -int temphot = 0, tempbed = 0; - -float zprobe_zoffset = 0.00; -float last_zoffset = 0.00, last_probe_zoffset = 0.00; - -#define FONT_EEPROM_OFFSET 0 - -void lcd_select_language(void) { - BL24CXX::read(FONT_EEPROM_OFFSET, (uint8_t*)&HMI_flag.language_flag, sizeof(HMI_flag.language_flag)); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_JPG_CacheTo1(Language_Chinese); - else - DWIN_JPG_CacheTo1(Language_English); -} - -void set_english_to_eeprom(void) { - HMI_flag.language_flag = 0; - DWIN_JPG_CacheTo1(Language_English); - BL24CXX::write(FONT_EEPROM_OFFSET, (uint8_t*)&HMI_flag.language_flag, sizeof(HMI_flag.language_flag)); -} -void set_chinese_to_eeprom(void) { - HMI_flag.language_flag = 1; - DWIN_JPG_CacheTo1(Language_Chinese); - BL24CXX::write(FONT_EEPROM_OFFSET, (uint8_t*)&HMI_flag.language_flag, sizeof(HMI_flag.language_flag)); -} - -void show_plus_or_minus(uint8_t size, uint16_t bColor, uint8_t iNum, uint8_t fNum, uint16_t x, uint16_t y, long value) { - if (value < 0) { - DWIN_Draw_String(false,true,size,White,bColor, x-6, y, (char*)"-"); - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,size,White,bColor, iNum, fNum, x, y, -value); - } - else { - DWIN_Draw_String(false,true,size,White,bColor, x-6, y, (char*)" "); - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,size,White,bColor, iNum, fNum, x, y, value); - } -} - -void ICON_Print() { - if (select_page.now == 0) { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_Print_1, 17, 130); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 447, 271-243, 479-19, 58, 201); - else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 451, 271-240, 479-16, 72-15, 201); - } - else { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_Print_0, 17, 130); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 405, 271-243, 420, 58, 201); - else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 423, 271-240, 423+12, 72-15, 201); - } -} - -void ICON_Prepare() { - if (select_page.now == 1) { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_Prepare_1, 145, 130); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 31, 447, 271-213, 479-19, 186, 201); - else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 33, 451, 271-189, 479-13, 200-25, 201); - } - else { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_Prepare_0, 145, 130); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 31, 405, 271-213, 420, 186, 201); - else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 33, 423, 271-189, 423+15, 200-25, 201); - } -} - -void ICON_Control() { - if (select_page.now == 2) { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_Control_1, 17, 246); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 61, 447, 271-183, 479-19, 58, 318); - else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 85, 451, 271-139, 479-16, 72-24, 318); - } - else { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_Control_0, 17, 246); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 61, 405, 271-183, 420, 58, 318); - else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 85, 423, 271-139, 479-45, 72-24, 318); - } -} - -void ICON_StartInfo(bool show) { - if (show) { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_Info_1, 145, 246); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 91, 447, 271-153, 479-19, 186, 318); - else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 132, 451, 159, 479-13, 186, 318); - } - else { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_Info_0, 145, 246); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 91, 405, 271-153, 420, 186, 318); - else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 132, 423, 159, 423+12, 186, 318); - } -} - -void ICON_Leveling(bool show) { - if (show) { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_Leveling_1, 145, 246); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 211, 447, 238, 479-19, 186, 318); - else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 84, 437, 120, 449, 200-18, 318); - } - else { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_Leveling_0, 145, 246); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 211, 405, 238, 420, 186, 318); - else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 84, 465, 120, 478, 200-18, 318); - } -} - -void ICON_Tune() { - if (select_print.now == 0) { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_Setup_1, 8, 252); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 121, 447, 271-123, 479-21, 34, 325); - else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 465, 271-237, 479-2, 48-17, 325); - } - else { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_Setup_0, 8, 252); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 121, 405, 271-123, 420, 34, 325); - else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 438, 271-239, 479-31, 48-17, 325); - } -} - -void ICON_Pause() { - if (select_print.now == 1) { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_Pause_1, 96, 252); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 181, 447, 271-63, 479-20, 124, 325); - else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 177, 451, 271-55, 479-17, 136-20, 325); - } - else { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_Pause_0, 96, 252); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 181, 405, 271-63, 420, 124, 325); - else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 177, 423, 271-56, 479-46, 136-20, 325); - } -} - -void ICON_Continue() { - if (select_print.now == 1) { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_Continue_1, 96, 252); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 447, 271-243, 479-19, 124, 325); - else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 451, 271-239, 479-16, 136-15, 325); - } - else { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_Continue_0, 96, 252); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 405, 271-243, 420, 124, 325); - else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 424, 271-240, 479-45, 136-15, 325); - } -} - -void ICON_Stop() { - if (select_print.now == 2) { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_Stop_1, 184, 252); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 151, 447, 271-93, 479-20, 210, 325); - else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 218, 451, 271-22, 479-14, 224-15, 325); - } - else { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_Stop_0, 184, 252); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 151, 405, 271-93, 420, 210, 325); - else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 218, 423, 271-24, 479-43, 224-15, 325); - } -} - -inline void Clear_Title_Bar(void) { - DWIN_Draw_Rectangle(1, Background_blue, 0, 0, DWIN_WIDTH, 30); -} - -inline void Draw_Title(const char * const title) { - DWIN_Draw_String(false,false,HEADER_FONT,White,Background_blue, 14, 4, (char*)title); -} - -inline void Clear_Menu_Area(void) { - DWIN_Draw_Rectangle(1, Background_black, 0, 31, 272, 360); -} - -inline void Clear_Main_Window(void) { - Clear_Title_Bar(); - Clear_Menu_Area(); -} - -inline void Clear_Popup_Area(void) { - Clear_Title_Bar(); - DWIN_Draw_Rectangle(1, Background_black, 0, 31, 272, 480); -} - -void Draw_Popup_Bkgd_105(void) { - DWIN_Draw_Rectangle(1, Background_window, 14, 105, 271-13, 479-105); -} - -inline void Draw_More_Icon(const uint8_t line) { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON, ICON_More, 226, 46+line*MLINE); -} - -inline void Draw_Menu_Cursor(const uint8_t line) { - //DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_Rectangle, 0, 31+line*MLINE); - DWIN_Draw_Rectangle(1, Rectangle_Color, 0, 31+line*MLINE, 14, 31+(line+1)*MLINE-2); -} - -inline void Erase_Menu_Cursor(const uint8_t line) { - DWIN_Draw_Rectangle(1, Background_black, 0, 31+line*MLINE, 14, 31+(line+1)*MLINE-2); -} - -inline void Move_Highlight(const int16_t from, const uint16_t newline) { - Erase_Menu_Cursor(newline - from); - Draw_Menu_Cursor(newline); -} - -inline void Add_Menu_Line() { - Move_Highlight(1, MROWS); - DWIN_Draw_Line(Line_Color, 16, 82+MROWS*MLINE, 256, 83+MROWS*MLINE); -} - -inline void Scroll_Menu(const uint8_t dir) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaMove(1, dir, MLINE, Background_black, 0, 31, 272, 349); - switch (dir) { - case DWIN_SCROLL_DOWN: Move_Highlight(-1, 0); break; - case DWIN_SCROLL_UP: Add_Menu_Line(); break; - } -} - -inline uint16_t nr_sd_menu_items() { - return card.get_num_Files() + !card.flag.workDirIsRoot; -} - -inline void Draw_Menu_Icon(const uint8_t line, const uint8_t icon) { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON, icon, 26, 46+line*MLINE); -} - -inline void Erase_Menu_Text(const uint8_t line) { - DWIN_Draw_Rectangle(1, Background_black, LBLX, 31+line*MLINE+4, 271, 28+(line+1)*MLINE-4); -} - -inline void Draw_Menu_Line(const uint8_t line, const uint8_t icon=0, const char * const label=nullptr) { - if (label) DWIN_Draw_String(false,false,font8x16,White,Background_black, LBLX, 48+line*MLINE, (char*)label); - if (icon) Draw_Menu_Icon(line, icon); - DWIN_Draw_Line(Line_Color, 16, 29+(line+1)*MLINE, 256, 30+(line+1)*MLINE); -} - -// The "Back" label is always on the first line -inline void Draw_Back_Label(void) { - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 129, 72, 271-115, 479-395, LBLX, MBASE(0)); - else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 226, 179, 271-15, 479-290, LBLX, MBASE(0)); -} - -// Draw "Back" line at the top -inline void Draw_Back_First(const bool is_sel=true) { - Draw_Menu_Line(0, ICON_Back); - Draw_Back_Label(); - if (is_sel) Draw_Menu_Cursor(0); -} - -// -// Draw Menus -// - -inline void draw_move_en(const uint16_t line) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 69, 61, 271-169, 479-408, LBLX, line); // "Move" -} - -inline void Prepare_Item_Move(const uint8_t row) { - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 159, 70, 271-71, 479-395, LBLX, MBASE(row)); - else - draw_move_en(MBASE(row)); // "Move >" - Draw_Menu_Line(row, ICON_Axis); - Draw_More_Icon(row); -} - -inline void Prepare_Item_Disable(const uint8_t row) { - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 204, 70, 271-12, 479-397, LBLX, MBASE(row)); - else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 103, 59, 271-71, 479-405, LBLX, MBASE(row)); // "Disable Stepper" - Draw_Menu_Line(row, ICON_CloseMotor); -} - -inline void Prepare_Item_Home(const uint8_t row) { - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 0, 89, 271-230, 479-378, LBLX, MBASE(row)); - else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 202, 61, 271-0, 479-408, LBLX, MBASE(row)); // "Auto Home" - Draw_Menu_Line(row, ICON_Homing); -} - -inline void Prepare_Item_Offset(const uint8_t row) { - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) { - #if HAS_BED_PROBE - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 174, 164, 271-48, 479-302, LBLX, MBASE(row)); - show_plus_or_minus(font8x16, Background_black, 2, 2, 202, MBASE(row), probe.offset.z*100); - #else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 43, 89, 271-173, 479-378, LBLX, MBASE(row)); - #endif - } - else { - #if HAS_BED_PROBE - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 93, 179, 271-130, 479-290, LBLX, MBASE(row)); // "Z-Offset" - show_plus_or_minus(font8x16, Background_black, 2, 2, 202, MBASE(row), probe.offset.z*100); - #else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 76, 271-165, 479-393, LBLX, MBASE(row)); // "..." - #endif - } - Draw_Menu_Line(row, ICON_SetHome); -} - -inline void Prepare_Item_PLA(const uint8_t row) { - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 100, 89, 271-93-27, 479-378, LBLX, MBASE(row)); - else { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 107, 76, 271-115, 479-393, LBLX, MBASE(row)); // "Preheat" - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 157, 76, 181, 479-393, LBLX+49+3, MBASE(row)); // "PLA" - } - Draw_Menu_Line(row, ICON_PLAPreheat); -} - -inline void Prepare_Item_ABS(const uint8_t row) { - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 180, 89, 271-11-27, 479-379, LBLX, MBASE(row)); - else { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 107, 76, 271-115, 479-393, LBLX, MBASE(row)); // "Preheat" - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 172, 76, 198, 479-393, LBLX+49+3, MBASE(row)); // "ABS" - } - Draw_Menu_Line(row, ICON_ABSPreheat); -} - -inline void Prepare_Item_Cool(const uint8_t row) { - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 104, 271-215, 479-362, LBLX, MBASE(row)); - else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 200, 76, 271-7, 479-393, LBLX, MBASE(row)); // "Cooldown" - Draw_Menu_Line(row, ICON_Cool); -} - -inline void Prepare_Item_Lang(const uint8_t row) { - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 239, 134, 271-5, 479-333, LBLX, MBASE(row)); - DWIN_Draw_String(false,false,font8x16,White,Background_black, 226, MBASE(row), (char*)"CN"); - } - else { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 0, 194, 271-150, 479-272, LBLX, MBASE(row)); // "Language selection" - DWIN_Draw_String(false,false,font8x16,White,Background_black, 226, MBASE(row), (char*)"EN"); - } - Draw_Menu_Icon(row, ICON_Language); -} - -inline void Draw_Prepare_Menu() { - Clear_Main_Window(); - - const int16_t scroll = MROWS-index_prepare; // Scrolled-up lines - #define PSCROL(L) (scroll + (L)) - #define PVISI(L) WITHIN(PSCROL(L), 0, MROWS) - - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 133, 1, 271-111, 479-465-1, 14, 8); // "Prepare" - else { - #ifdef USE_STRING_HEADINGS - Draw_Title("Prepare"); // TODO: GET_TEXT_F - #else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 178, 2, 271-42, 479-464-1, 14, 8); // "Prepare" - #endif - } - - if (PVISI(0)) Draw_Back_First(select_prepare.now == 0); // < Back - if (PVISI(1)) Prepare_Item_Move(PSCROL(1)); // Move > - if (PVISI(2)) Prepare_Item_Disable(PSCROL(2)); // Disable Stepper - if (PVISI(3)) Prepare_Item_Home(PSCROL(3)); // Auto Home - if (PVISI(4)) Prepare_Item_Offset(PSCROL(4)); // Z-Offset - if (PVISI(5)) Prepare_Item_PLA(PSCROL(5)); // Preheat PLA - if (PVISI(6)) Prepare_Item_ABS(PSCROL(6)); // Preheat ABS - if (PVISI(7)) Prepare_Item_Cool(PSCROL(7)); // Cooldown - if (PVISI(8)) Prepare_Item_Lang(PSCROL(8)); // Language CN/EN - - if (select_prepare.now) Draw_Menu_Cursor(PSCROL(select_prepare.now)); -} - -inline void Draw_Control_Menu() { - Clear_Main_Window(); - - const int16_t scroll = TERN(HAS_LEVELING, MROWS-index_control, 0); // Scrolled-up lines - - #define CSCROL(L) (scroll + (L)) - #define CLINE(L) MBASE(CSCROL(L)) - #define CVISI(L) WITHIN(CSCROL(L), 0, MROWS) - - if (CVISI(0)) Draw_Back_First(select_control.now == 0); // < Back - - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 103, 1, 271-141, 479-465, 14, 8); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 57, 104, 271-187, 479-363, LBLX, CLINE(1)); // Temperature > - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 87, 104, 271-157, 479-363, LBLX, CLINE(2)); // Motion > - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 117, 104, 271- 99, 479-363, LBLX, CLINE(3)); // Store Config - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 174, 103, 271- 42, 479-363, LBLX, CLINE(4)); // Read Config - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 118, 271-215, 479-348, LBLX, CLINE(5)); // Reset Config - - if (CVISI(6)) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 231, 104, 271- 13, 479-363, LBLX, CLINE(6)); // Info > - } - else { - #ifdef USE_STRING_HEADINGS - Draw_Title("Control"); // TODO: GET_TEXT_F - #else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 128, 2, 271-95, 479-467, 14, 8); - #endif - - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 89, 271-188, 479-377-1, LBLX, CLINE(1)); // Temperature > - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 84, 89, 271-143, 479-380, LBLX, CLINE(2)); // Motion > - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 131+17, 89, 271- 3, 479-377-1, LBLX, CLINE(3)); // "Store Configuration" - - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 26, 104, 271-214, 479-365, LBLX, CLINE(4)); // "Read" - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 131+51, 89, 271-3, 479-377-1, LBLX+31+3, CLINE(4)); // "Configuration" - - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 59, 104, 271-178, 479-365, LBLX, CLINE(5)); // "Reset" - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 131+51, 89, 271-3, 479-377-1, LBLX+34+3, CLINE(5)); // "Configuration" - - if (CVISI(6)) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 0, 104, 25, 115, LBLX, CLINE(6)); // Info > - } - - if (select_control.now && CVISI(select_control.now)) - Draw_Menu_Cursor(CSCROL(select_control.now)); - - // Draw icons and lines - LOOP_L_N(i, 6) - if (CVISI(i + 1)) Draw_Menu_Line(CSCROL(i + 1), ICON_Temperature+i); - - Draw_More_Icon(CSCROL(1)); - Draw_More_Icon(CSCROL(2)); - if (CVISI(6)) Draw_More_Icon(CSCROL(6)); -} - -inline void Draw_Tune_Menu() { - Clear_Main_Window(); - - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 73, 2, 271-171, 479-466, 14, 9); - - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 116, 164, 271-100, 479-303, LBLX, MBASE(1)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 134, 271-215, 479-333, LBLX, MBASE(2)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 58, 134, 271-158, 479-333, LBLX, MBASE(3)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 115, 134, 271-101, 479-333, LBLX, MBASE(4)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 174, 164, 271-48, 479-302, LBLX, MBASE(5)); - } - else { - #ifdef USE_STRING_HEADINGS - Draw_Title("Tune"); // TODO: GET_TEXT - #else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 94, 2, 271-145, 479-467, 14, 9); - #endif - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 179, 271-179, 479-287-2, LBLX, MBASE(1)); // print speed - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 197, 104, 271-33, 479-365, LBLX, MBASE(2)); // Hotend... - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 89, 271-188, 479-377-1, LBLX+41+3, MBASE(2)); // ...Temperature - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 240, 104, 271-7, 479-365, LBLX, MBASE(3)); // Bed... - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 89, 271-188, 479-377-1, LBLX+24+3, MBASE(3)); // ...Temperature - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 0, 119, 271-207, 479-347, LBLX, MBASE(4)); // fan speed - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 93, 179, 271-130, 479-290, LBLX, MBASE(5)); // Z-offset - } - - Draw_Back_First(select_tune.now == 0); - if (select_tune.now) Draw_Menu_Cursor(select_tune.now); - - Draw_Menu_Line(1, ICON_Speed); - Draw_Menu_Line(2, ICON_HotendTemp); - Draw_Menu_Line(3, ICON_BedTemp); - Draw_Menu_Line(4, ICON_FanSpeed); - Draw_Menu_Line(5, ICON_Zoffset); - - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(1), feedrate_percentage); - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(2), thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target); - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(3), thermalManager.temp_bed.target); - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(4), thermalManager.fan_speed[0]); - show_plus_or_minus(font8x16, Background_black, 2, 2, 202, MBASE(5), BABY_Z_VAR*100); -} - -inline void draw_max_en(const uint16_t line) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 245, 119, 271-2, 479-350, LBLX, line); // "Max" -} -inline void draw_max_accel_en(const uint16_t line) { - draw_max_en(line); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 135, 271-192, 479-334, LBLX+24+3, line); // "Acceleration" -} -inline void draw_speed_en(const uint16_t inset, const uint16_t line) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 184, 119, 224, 479-347, LBLX+inset, line); // "Speed" -} -inline void draw_corner_en(const uint16_t line) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 64, 119, 271-165, 479-350, LBLX+24+3, line); // "Corner" -} -inline void draw_steps_per_mm(const uint16_t line) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 151, 271-170, 479-318, LBLX, line); // "Steps-per-mm" -} -inline void say_x(const uint16_t inset, const uint16_t line) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 95, 104, 271-169, 479-365, LBLX+inset, line); // "X" -} -inline void say_y(const uint16_t inset, const uint16_t line) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 104, 104, 271-161, 479-365, LBLX+inset, line); // "Y" -} -inline void say_z(const uint16_t inset, const uint16_t line) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 112, 104, 271-151, 479-365, LBLX+inset, line); // "Z" -} -inline void say_e(const uint16_t inset, const uint16_t line) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 237, 119, 271-27, 479-350, LBLX+inset, line); // "E" -} - -inline void Draw_Motion_Menu() { - Clear_Main_Window(); - - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 16, 271-243, 479-451, 14, 8); - - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 173, 133, 228, 479-332, LBLX, MBASE(1)); // max speed - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 173, 133, 200, 479-332, LBLX, MBASE(2)); // max... - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 28, 149, 271-202, 479-318, LBLX+27, MBASE(2)+1); // ...acceleration - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 173, 133, 200, 479-332, LBLX, MBASE(3)); // max... - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 180, 271-243, 479-287, LBLX+27, MBASE(3)+1); // ... - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 202, 133, 228, 479-332, LBLX+54, MBASE(3)); // ...jerk - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 153, 148, 271-77, 479-318, LBLX, MBASE(4)); // flow ratio - } - else { - #ifdef USE_STRING_HEADINGS - Draw_Title("Motion"); // TODO: GET_TEXT_F - #else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 144, 16, 271-82, 479-453, 14, 8); - #endif - draw_max_en(MBASE(1)); draw_speed_en(24+3, MBASE(1)); // "Max Speed" - draw_max_accel_en(MBASE(2)); // "Max Acceleration" - draw_max_en(MBASE(3)); draw_corner_en(MBASE(3)); // "Max Corner" - draw_steps_per_mm(MBASE(4)); // "Steps-per-mm" - } - - Draw_Back_First(select_motion.now == 0); - if (select_motion.now) Draw_Menu_Cursor(select_motion.now); - - LOOP_L_N(i, 4) Draw_Menu_Line(i + 1, ICON_MaxSpeed+i); - - Draw_More_Icon(1); - Draw_More_Icon(2); - Draw_More_Icon(3); - Draw_More_Icon(4); -} - -// -// Draw Popup Windows -// - -void Popup_Window_Temperature(const bool toohigh) { - Clear_Popup_Area(); - Draw_Popup_Bkgd_105(); - if (toohigh) { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON, ICON_TempTooHigh, 102, 165); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 103, 371, 237, 479-93, 52, 285); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 151, 389, 185, 402, 187, 285); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 189, 389, 271-0, 402, 95, 310); - } - else { - DWIN_Draw_String(false,true,font8x16, Font_window, Background_window, 36, 300, (char*)"Nozzle or Bed temperature"); - DWIN_Draw_String(false,true,font8x16, Font_window, Background_window, 92, 300, (char*)"is too high"); - } - } - else { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON, ICON_TempTooLow, 102, 165); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 103, 371, 271-1, 479-93, 52, 285); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 189, 389, 271-0, 402, 95, 310); - } - else { - DWIN_Draw_String(false,true,font8x16, Font_window, Background_window, 36, 300, (char*)"Nozzle or Bed temperature"); - DWIN_Draw_String(false,true,font8x16, Font_window, Background_window, 92, 300, (char*)"is too low"); - } - } -} - -inline void Draw_Popup_Bkgd_60() { - DWIN_Draw_Rectangle(1, Background_window, 14, 60, 271-13, 330); -} - -void Popup_Window_ETempTooLow(void) { - Clear_Main_Window(); - Draw_Popup_Bkgd_60(); - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON, ICON_TempTooLow, 102, 105); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 103, 371, 136, 479-93, 69, 240); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 170, 371, 271-1, 479-93, 69+33, 240); - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON, ICON_Confirm_C, 86, 280); - } - else { - DWIN_Draw_String(false,true,font8x16, Font_window, Background_window, 20, 235, (char*)"Nozzle is too cold"); - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON, ICON_Confirm_E, 86, 280); - } -} - -void Popup_Window_Resume(void) { - Clear_Popup_Area(); - Draw_Popup_Bkgd_105(); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 160, 338, 271-36, 479-125, 98, 135); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 103, 321, 271-0, 479-144, 52, 192); - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON, ICON_Continue_C, 26, 307); - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON, ICON_Cancel_C, 146, 307); - } - else { - DWIN_Draw_String(false,true,font8x16, Font_window, Background_window, 120, 115, (char*)"Tips"); - DWIN_Draw_String(false,true,font8x16, Font_window, Background_window, 24, 192, (char*)"I see the file stopped"); - DWIN_Draw_String(false,true,font8x16, Font_window, Background_window, 68, 212, (char*)"unexpectedly last time"); - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON, ICON_Continue_E, 26, 307); - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON, ICON_Cancel_E, 146, 307); - } -} - -void Popup_Window_Home(void) { - Clear_Main_Window(); - Draw_Popup_Bkgd_60(); - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON, ICON_BLTouch, 101, 105); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 0, 371, 33, 386, 85, 240); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 203, 286, 271, 302, 118, 240); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 0, 389, 150, 402, 61, 280); - } - else { - DWIN_Draw_String(false,true,font8x16, Font_window, Background_window, 80, 230, (char*)"Auto homing..."); - DWIN_Draw_String(false,true,font8x16, Font_window, Background_window, 24, 260, (char*)"Please wait until completed"); - } -} - -void Popup_Window_Leveling(void) { - Clear_Main_Window(); - Draw_Popup_Bkgd_60(); - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON, ICON_AutoLeveling, 101, 105); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 0, 371, 100, 386, 84, 240); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 0, 389, 150, 402, 61, 280); - } - else { - DWIN_Draw_String(false,true,font8x16, Font_window, Background_window, 76, 230, (char*)"Auto leveling..."); - DWIN_Draw_String(false,true,font8x16, Font_window, Background_window, 24, 260, (char*)"Please wait until completed"); - } -} - -void Draw_Select_Highlight(const bool sel) { - HMI_flag.select_flag = sel; - const uint16_t c1 = sel ? Select_Color : Background_window, - c2 = sel ? Background_window : Select_Color; - DWIN_Draw_Rectangle(0, c1, 25, 279, 126, 318); - DWIN_Draw_Rectangle(0, c1, 24, 278, 127, 319); - DWIN_Draw_Rectangle(0, c2, 145, 279, 246, 318); - DWIN_Draw_Rectangle(0, c2, 144, 278, 247, 319); -} - -void Popup_window_PauseOrStop(void) { - Clear_Main_Window(); - Draw_Popup_Bkgd_60(); - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) { - if (select_print.now == 1) DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 237, 338, 269, 356, 98, 150); - else if (select_print.now == 2) DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 221, 320, 253, 336, 98, 150); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 220, 304, 264, 319, 130, 150); - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON, ICON_Confirm_C, 26, 280); - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON, ICON_Cancel_C, 146, 280); - } - else { - if (select_print.now == 1) DWIN_Draw_String(false,true,font8x16, Font_window, Background_window, 88, 150, (char*)"Pause print?"); - else if (select_print.now == 2) DWIN_Draw_String(false,true,font8x16, Font_window, Background_window, 92, 150, (char*)"Stop print?"); - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON, ICON_Confirm_E, 26, 280); - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON, ICON_Cancel_E, 146, 280); - } - Draw_Select_Highlight(true); -} - -void Draw_Printing_Screen(void) { - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 30, 1, 271-200, 479-465, 14, 9); // Tune - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 0, 72, 271-208, 479-393, 41, 188); // Pause - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 65, 72, 271-143, 479-393, 176, 188); // Stop - } - else { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 40, 2, 271-179, 479-464-1, 14, 9); // Tune - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 0, 44, 271-175, 479-420-1, 41, 188); // Pause - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 98, 44, 271-119, 479-420-1, 176, 188); // Stop - } -} - -void Draw_Print_ProgressBar() { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_Bar, 15, 93); - DWIN_Draw_Rectangle(1, BarFill_Color, 16+Percentrecord*240/100, 93, 256, 113); - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,Percent_Color,Background_black, 2, 117, 133, Percentrecord); - DWIN_Draw_String(false,false,font8x16,Percent_Color,Background_black, 117+16, 133, (char*)"%"); -} - -void Draw_Print_ProgressElapsed() { - duration_t elapsed = print_job_timer.duration(); // print timer - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,1,font8x16,White,Background_black, 2, 42, 212, elapsed.value/3600); - DWIN_Draw_String(false,false,font8x16,White,Background_black, 42+16, 212, (char*)":"); - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,1,font8x16,White,Background_black, 2, 42+24, 212, (elapsed.value%3600)/60); -} - -void Draw_Print_ProgressRemain() { - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,1,font8x16,White,Background_black, 2, 176, 212, remain_time/3600); - DWIN_Draw_String(false,false,font8x16,White,Background_black, 176+16, 212, (char*)":"); - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,1,font8x16,White,Background_black, 2, 176+24, 212, (remain_time%3600)/60); -} - -void Goto_PrintProcess(void) { - checkkey = PrintProcess; - - Clear_Main_Window(); - Draw_Printing_Screen(); - - ICON_Tune(); - if (printingIsPaused()) ICON_Continue(); else ICON_Pause(); - ICON_Stop(); - - // Copy into filebuf string before entry - char * const name = card.longest_filename(); - DWIN_Draw_String(false,false,font8x16,White,Background_black, (DWIN_WIDTH-strlen(name)*MENU_CHR_W)/2, 60, name); - - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_PrintTime, 17, 193); - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_RemainTime, 150, 191); - - Draw_Print_ProgressBar(); - Draw_Print_ProgressElapsed(); - Draw_Print_ProgressRemain(); -} - -void Goto_MainMenu(void) { - checkkey = MainMenu; - - Clear_Main_Window(); - - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 2, 2, 271-244, 479-465, 14, 9); // "Home" - else { - #ifdef USE_STRING_HEADINGS - Draw_Title("Home"); // TODO: GET_TEXT - #else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 0, 2, 271-232, 479-467, 14, 9); - #endif - } - - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON, ICON_LOGO, 71, 52); - - ICON_Print(); - ICON_Prepare(); - ICON_Control(); - TERN(HAS_LEVELING, ICON_Leveling, ICON_StartInfo)(select_page.now == 3); -} - -inline ENCODER_DiffState get_encoder_state() { - const millis_t ms = millis(); - if (PENDING(ms, Encoder_ms)) return ENCODER_DIFF_NO; - const ENCODER_DiffState state = Encoder_ReceiveAnalyze(); - if (state != ENCODER_DIFF_NO) Encoder_ms = ms + Encoder_wait; - return state; -} - -void HMI_Move_X(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = Encoder_ReceiveAnalyze(); - if (encoder_diffState != ENCODER_DIFF_NO) { - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) - HMI_ValueStruct.Move_X_scale += EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) - HMI_ValueStruct.Move_X_scale -= EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - checkkey = AxisMove; - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 0; - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 1, 216, MBASE(1), HMI_ValueStruct.Move_X_scale); - if (!planner.is_full()) { - // Wait for planner moves to finish! - planner.synchronize(); - planner.buffer_line(current_position, MMM_TO_MMS(HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY), active_extruder); - } - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); - return; - } - if (HMI_ValueStruct.Move_X_scale < X_MIN_POS*MinUnitMult) HMI_ValueStruct.Move_X_scale = X_MIN_POS*MinUnitMult; - else if (HMI_ValueStruct.Move_X_scale > X_MAX_POS*MinUnitMult) HMI_ValueStruct.Move_X_scale = X_MAX_POS*MinUnitMult; - current_position[X_AXIS] = HMI_ValueStruct.Move_X_scale/10; - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 1, 216, MBASE(1), HMI_ValueStruct.Move_X_scale); - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); - } -} - -void HMI_Move_Y(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = Encoder_ReceiveAnalyze(); - if (encoder_diffState != ENCODER_DIFF_NO) { - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) - HMI_ValueStruct.Move_Y_scale += EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) - HMI_ValueStruct.Move_Y_scale -= EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - checkkey = AxisMove; - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 0; - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 1, 216, MBASE(2), HMI_ValueStruct.Move_Y_scale); - if (!planner.is_full()) { - // Wait for planner moves to finish! - planner.synchronize(); - planner.buffer_line(current_position, MMM_TO_MMS(HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY), active_extruder); - } - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); - return; - } - if (HMI_ValueStruct.Move_Y_scale < Y_MIN_POS*MinUnitMult) HMI_ValueStruct.Move_Y_scale = Y_MIN_POS*MinUnitMult; - else if (HMI_ValueStruct.Move_Y_scale > Y_MAX_POS*MinUnitMult) HMI_ValueStruct.Move_Y_scale = Y_MAX_POS*MinUnitMult; - current_position[Y_AXIS] = HMI_ValueStruct.Move_Y_scale/10; - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 1, 216, MBASE(2), HMI_ValueStruct.Move_Y_scale); - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); - } -} - -void HMI_Move_Z(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = Encoder_ReceiveAnalyze(); - if (encoder_diffState != ENCODER_DIFF_NO) { - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) - HMI_ValueStruct.Move_Z_scale += EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) - HMI_ValueStruct.Move_Z_scale -= EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - checkkey = AxisMove; - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 0; - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 1, 216, MBASE(3), HMI_ValueStruct.Move_Z_scale); - if (!planner.is_full()) { - // Wait for planner moves to finish! - planner.synchronize(); - planner.buffer_line(current_position, MMM_TO_MMS(HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z), active_extruder); - } - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); - return; - } - if (HMI_ValueStruct.Move_Z_scale < Z_MIN_POS*MinUnitMult) - HMI_ValueStruct.Move_Z_scale = Z_MIN_POS*MinUnitMult; - else if (HMI_ValueStruct.Move_Z_scale > Z_MAX_POS*MinUnitMult) - HMI_ValueStruct.Move_Z_scale = Z_MAX_POS*MinUnitMult; - current_position[Z_AXIS] = HMI_ValueStruct.Move_Z_scale/10; - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 1, 216, MBASE(3), HMI_ValueStruct.Move_Z_scale); - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); - } -} - -void HMI_Move_E(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = Encoder_ReceiveAnalyze(); - if (encoder_diffState != ENCODER_DIFF_NO) { - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) - HMI_ValueStruct.Move_E_scale += EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) - HMI_ValueStruct.Move_E_scale -= EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - checkkey = AxisMove; - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 0; - last_E_scale = HMI_ValueStruct.Move_E_scale; - show_plus_or_minus(font8x16, Background_black, 3, 1, 216, MBASE(4), HMI_ValueStruct.Move_E_scale); - if (!planner.is_full()) { - planner.synchronize(); // Wait for planner moves to finish! - planner.buffer_line(current_position, MMM_TO_MMS(FEEDRATE_E), active_extruder); - } - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); - return; - } - if ((HMI_ValueStruct.Move_E_scale-last_E_scale) > EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH*MinUnitMult) - HMI_ValueStruct.Move_E_scale = last_E_scale + EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH*MinUnitMult; - else if ((last_E_scale-HMI_ValueStruct.Move_E_scale) > EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH*MinUnitMult) - HMI_ValueStruct.Move_E_scale = last_E_scale - EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH*MinUnitMult; - current_position.e = HMI_ValueStruct.Move_E_scale/10; - show_plus_or_minus(font8x16, Select_Color, 3, 1, 216, MBASE(4), HMI_ValueStruct.Move_E_scale); - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); - } -} - -void HMI_Zoffset(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = Encoder_ReceiveAnalyze(); - if (encoder_diffState != ENCODER_DIFF_NO) { - last_zoffset = zprobe_zoffset; - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) - HMI_ValueStruct.offset_value += EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) - HMI_ValueStruct.offset_value -= EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 0; - zprobe_zoffset = HMI_ValueStruct.offset_value / 100; - #if HAS_BED_PROBE - if (WITHIN(zprobe_zoffset - last_zoffset, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN, Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX)) - probe.offset.z = zprobe_zoffset; - settings.save(); - #elif ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING) - babystep.add_mm(Z_AXIS, (zprobe_zoffset - last_zoffset)); - #else - UNUSED(zprobe_zoffset - last_zoffset); - #endif - - if (HMI_ValueStruct.show_mode == -4) { - checkkey = Prepare; - show_plus_or_minus(font8x16, Background_black, 2, 2, 202, MBASE(4+MROWS-index_prepare), TERN(HAS_LEVELING, probe.offset.z*100, HMI_ValueStruct.offset_value)); - } - else { - checkkey = Tune; - show_plus_or_minus(font8x16, Background_black, 2, 2, 202, MBASE(5+MROWS-index_tune), TERN(HAS_LEVELING, probe.offset.z*100, HMI_ValueStruct.offset_value)); - } - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); - return; - } - NOLESS(HMI_ValueStruct.offset_value, (Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN)*100); - NOMORE(HMI_ValueStruct.offset_value, (Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX)*100); - if (HMI_ValueStruct.show_mode == -4) - show_plus_or_minus(font8x16, Select_Color, 2, 2, 202, MBASE(4+MROWS-index_prepare), HMI_ValueStruct.offset_value); - else - show_plus_or_minus(font8x16, Select_Color, 2, 2, 202, MBASE(5+MROWS-index_tune), HMI_ValueStruct.offset_value); - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); - } -} - -void HMI_ETemp(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = Encoder_ReceiveAnalyze(); - if (encoder_diffState != ENCODER_DIFF_NO) { - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) - HMI_ValueStruct.E_Temp += EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) - HMI_ValueStruct.E_Temp -= EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { // return - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 0; - if (HMI_ValueStruct.show_mode == -1) { // temperature - checkkey = TemperatureID; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(1), HMI_ValueStruct.E_Temp); - } - else if (HMI_ValueStruct.show_mode == -2) { - checkkey = PLAPreheat; - HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_hotend_temp[0] = HMI_ValueStruct.E_Temp; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(1), HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_hotend_temp[0]); - return; - } - else if (HMI_ValueStruct.show_mode == -3) { - checkkey = ABSPreheat; - HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_hotend_temp[1] = HMI_ValueStruct.E_Temp; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(1), HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_hotend_temp[1]); - return; - } - else { // tune - checkkey = Tune; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(2+MROWS-index_tune), HMI_ValueStruct.E_Temp); - } - thermalManager.setTargetHotend(HMI_ValueStruct.E_Temp, 0); - return; - } - // E_Temp limit - NOMORE(HMI_ValueStruct.E_Temp, max_E_Temp); - NOLESS(HMI_ValueStruct.E_Temp, min_E_Temp); - // E_Temp value - if (HMI_ValueStruct.show_mode >= 0) // tune - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 216, MBASE(2+MROWS-index_tune), HMI_ValueStruct.E_Temp); - else // other page - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 216, MBASE(1), HMI_ValueStruct.E_Temp); - } -} - -void HMI_BedTemp(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = Encoder_ReceiveAnalyze(); - if (encoder_diffState != ENCODER_DIFF_NO) { - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) - HMI_ValueStruct.Bed_Temp += EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) - HMI_ValueStruct.Bed_Temp -= EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { // return - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 0; - if (HMI_ValueStruct.show_mode == -1) { - checkkey = TemperatureID; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(2), HMI_ValueStruct.Bed_Temp); - } - else if (HMI_ValueStruct.show_mode == -2) { - checkkey = PLAPreheat; - HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_bed_temp[0] = HMI_ValueStruct.Bed_Temp; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(2), HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_bed_temp[0]); - return; - } - else if (HMI_ValueStruct.show_mode == -3) { - checkkey = ABSPreheat; - HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_bed_temp[1] = HMI_ValueStruct.Bed_Temp; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(2), HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_bed_temp[1]); - return; - } - else { - checkkey = Tune; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(3+MROWS-index_tune), HMI_ValueStruct.Bed_Temp); - } - thermalManager.setTargetBed(HMI_ValueStruct.Bed_Temp); - return; - } - //Bed_Temp limit - NOMORE(HMI_ValueStruct.Bed_Temp, max_Bed_Temp); - NOLESS(HMI_ValueStruct.Bed_Temp, min_Bed_Temp); - //Bed_Temp value - if (HMI_ValueStruct.show_mode >= 0) // tune page - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 216, MBASE(3+MROWS-index_tune), HMI_ValueStruct.Bed_Temp); - else // other page - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 216, MBASE(2), HMI_ValueStruct.Bed_Temp); - } -} - -void HMI_FanSpeed(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = Encoder_ReceiveAnalyze(); - if (encoder_diffState != ENCODER_DIFF_NO) { - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) - HMI_ValueStruct.Fan_speed += EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) - HMI_ValueStruct.Fan_speed -= EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { // return - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 0; - if (HMI_ValueStruct.show_mode == -1) { - checkkey = TemperatureID; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(3), HMI_ValueStruct.Fan_speed); - } - else if (HMI_ValueStruct.show_mode == -2) { - checkkey = PLAPreheat; - HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_fan_speed[0] = HMI_ValueStruct.Fan_speed; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(3), HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_fan_speed[0]); - return; - } - else if (HMI_ValueStruct.show_mode == -3) { - checkkey = ABSPreheat; - HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_fan_speed[1] = HMI_ValueStruct.Fan_speed; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(3), HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_fan_speed[1]); - return; - } - else { - checkkey = Tune; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(4+MROWS-index_tune), HMI_ValueStruct.Fan_speed); - } - thermalManager.set_fan_speed(0, HMI_ValueStruct.Fan_speed); - return; - } - //Fan_speed limit - NOMORE(HMI_ValueStruct.Fan_speed, FanOn); - NOLESS(HMI_ValueStruct.Fan_speed, FanOff); - // Fan_speed value - if (HMI_ValueStruct.show_mode >= 0) // tune page - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 216, MBASE(4+MROWS-index_tune), HMI_ValueStruct.Fan_speed); - else // other page - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 216, MBASE(3), HMI_ValueStruct.Fan_speed); - } -} - -void HMI_PrintSpeed(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = Encoder_ReceiveAnalyze(); - if (encoder_diffState != ENCODER_DIFF_NO) { - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) - HMI_ValueStruct.print_speed += EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) - HMI_ValueStruct.print_speed -= EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { // return - checkkey = Tune; - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 0; - feedrate_percentage = HMI_ValueStruct.print_speed; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(1+MROWS-index_tune), HMI_ValueStruct.print_speed); - return; - } - // print_speed limit - NOMORE(HMI_ValueStruct.print_speed, max_print_speed); - NOLESS(HMI_ValueStruct.print_speed, min_print_speed); - // print_speed value - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 216, MBASE(1+MROWS-index_tune), HMI_ValueStruct.print_speed); - } -} - -void HMI_MaxFeedspeedXYZE(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = Encoder_ReceiveAnalyze(); - if (encoder_diffState != ENCODER_DIFF_NO) { - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) - HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed += EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) - HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed -= EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { // return - checkkey = MaxSpeed; - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 0; - if (HMI_flag.feedspeed_flag == X_AXIS) planner.set_max_feedrate(X_AXIS, HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed); - else if (HMI_flag.feedspeed_flag == Y_AXIS) planner.set_max_feedrate(Y_AXIS, HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed); - else if (HMI_flag.feedspeed_flag == Z_AXIS) planner.set_max_feedrate(Z_AXIS, HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed); - else if (HMI_flag.feedspeed_flag == E_AXIS) planner.set_max_feedrate(E_AXIS, HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed); - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 4, 210, MBASE(select_speed.now), HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed); - return; - } - //MaxFeedspeed limit - if (HMI_flag.feedspeed_flag == X_AXIS) {if (HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed > default_max_feedrate[X_AXIS]*2) HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed = default_max_feedrate[X_AXIS]*2;} - else if (HMI_flag.feedspeed_flag == Y_AXIS) {if (HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed > default_max_feedrate[Y_AXIS]*2) HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed = default_max_feedrate[Y_AXIS]*2;} - else if (HMI_flag.feedspeed_flag == Z_AXIS) {if (HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed > default_max_feedrate[Z_AXIS]*2) HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed = default_max_feedrate[Z_AXIS]*2;} - else if (HMI_flag.feedspeed_flag == E_AXIS) {if (HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed > default_max_feedrate[E_AXIS]*2) HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed = default_max_feedrate[E_AXIS]*2;} - if (HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed < min_MaxFeedspeed) HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed = min_MaxFeedspeed; - //MaxFeedspeed value - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 4, 210, MBASE(select_speed.now), HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed); - } -} - -void HMI_MaxAccelerationXYZE(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = Encoder_ReceiveAnalyze(); - if (encoder_diffState != ENCODER_DIFF_NO) { - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration += EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration -= EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { // return - checkkey = MaxAcceleration; - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 0; - if (HMI_flag.acc_flag == X_AXIS) planner.set_max_acceleration(X_AXIS, HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration); - else if (HMI_flag.acc_flag == Y_AXIS) planner.set_max_acceleration(Y_AXIS, HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration); - else if (HMI_flag.acc_flag == Z_AXIS) planner.set_max_acceleration(Z_AXIS, HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration); - else if (HMI_flag.acc_flag == E_AXIS) planner.set_max_acceleration(E_AXIS, HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration); - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 4, 210, MBASE(select_acc.now), HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration); - return; - } - // MaxAcceleration limit - if (HMI_flag.acc_flag == X_AXIS) {if (HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration > default_max_acceleration[X_AXIS]*2) HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration = default_max_acceleration[X_AXIS]*2;} - else if (HMI_flag.acc_flag == Y_AXIS) {if (HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration > default_max_acceleration[Y_AXIS]*2) HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration = default_max_acceleration[Y_AXIS]*2;} - else if (HMI_flag.acc_flag == Z_AXIS) {if (HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration > default_max_acceleration[Z_AXIS]*2) HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration = default_max_acceleration[Z_AXIS]*2;} - else if (HMI_flag.acc_flag == E_AXIS) {if (HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration > default_max_acceleration[E_AXIS]*2) HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration = default_max_acceleration[E_AXIS]*2;} - if (HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration < min_MaxAcceleration) HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration = min_MaxAcceleration; - // MaxAcceleration value - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 4, 210, MBASE(select_acc.now), HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration); - } -} - -void HMI_MaxCornerXYZE(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = Encoder_ReceiveAnalyze(); - if (encoder_diffState != ENCODER_DIFF_NO) { - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) - HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner += EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) - HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner -= EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { // return - checkkey = MaxCorner; - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 0; - if (HMI_flag.corner_flag == X_AXIS) planner.set_max_jerk(X_AXIS, HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner/10); - else if (HMI_flag.corner_flag == Y_AXIS) planner.set_max_jerk(Y_AXIS, HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner/10); - else if (HMI_flag.corner_flag == Z_AXIS) planner.set_max_jerk(Z_AXIS, HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner/10); - else if (HMI_flag.corner_flag == E_AXIS) planner.set_max_jerk(E_AXIS, HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner/10); - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 1, 210, MBASE(select_corner.now), HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner); - return; - } - //MaxCorner limit - if (HMI_flag.corner_flag == X_AXIS) {if (HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner > default_max_jerk[X_AXIS]*2*MinUnitMult) HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner = default_max_jerk[X_AXIS]*2*MinUnitMult;} - else if (HMI_flag.corner_flag == Y_AXIS) {if (HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner > default_max_jerk[Y_AXIS]*2*MinUnitMult) HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner = default_max_jerk[Y_AXIS]*2*MinUnitMult;} - else if (HMI_flag.corner_flag == Z_AXIS) {if (HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner > default_max_jerk[Z_AXIS]*2*MinUnitMult) HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner = default_max_jerk[Z_AXIS]*2*MinUnitMult;} - else if (HMI_flag.corner_flag == E_AXIS) {if (HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner > default_max_jerk[E_AXIS]*2*MinUnitMult) HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner = default_max_jerk[E_AXIS]*2*MinUnitMult;} - if (HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner < min_MaxCorner*MinUnitMult) HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner = min_MaxCorner*MinUnitMult; - //MaxCorner value - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 1, 210, MBASE(select_corner.now), HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner); - } -} - -void HMI_StepXYZE(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = Encoder_ReceiveAnalyze(); - if (encoder_diffState != ENCODER_DIFF_NO) { - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) - HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step += EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) - HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step -= EncoderRate.encoderMoveValue; - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { // return - checkkey = Step; - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 0; - if (HMI_flag.step_flag == X_AXIS) planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[X_AXIS] = HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step/10; - else if (HMI_flag.step_flag == Y_AXIS) planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Y_AXIS] = HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step/10; - else if (HMI_flag.step_flag == Z_AXIS) planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Z_AXIS] = HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step/10; - else if (HMI_flag.step_flag == E_AXIS) planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS] = HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step/10; - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 1, 210, MBASE(select_step.now), HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step); - return; - } - //Step limit - if (HMI_flag.step_flag == X_AXIS) {if (HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step > default_axis_steps_per_unit[X_AXIS]*2*MinUnitMult) HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step = default_axis_steps_per_unit[X_AXIS]*2*MinUnitMult;} - else if (HMI_flag.step_flag == Y_AXIS) {if (HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step > default_axis_steps_per_unit[Y_AXIS]*2*MinUnitMult) HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step = default_axis_steps_per_unit[Y_AXIS]*2*MinUnitMult;} - else if (HMI_flag.step_flag == Z_AXIS) {if (HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step > default_axis_steps_per_unit[Z_AXIS]*2*MinUnitMult) HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step = default_axis_steps_per_unit[Z_AXIS]*2*MinUnitMult;} - else if (HMI_flag.step_flag == E_AXIS) {if (HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step > default_axis_steps_per_unit[E_AXIS]*2*MinUnitMult) HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step = default_axis_steps_per_unit[E_AXIS]*2*MinUnitMult;} - if (HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step < min_Step) HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step = min_Step; - //Step value - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 1, 210, MBASE(select_step.now), HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step); - } -} - -void update_variable(void) { - /* Tune page temperature update */ - if (checkkey == Tune) { - if (last_temp_hotend_target != thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target) { - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(2+MROWS-index_tune), thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target); - } - if (last_temp_bed_target != thermalManager.temp_bed.target) { - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(3+MROWS-index_tune), thermalManager.temp_bed.target); - } - if (last_fan_speed != thermalManager.fan_speed[0]) { - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(4+MROWS-index_tune), thermalManager.fan_speed[0]); - last_fan_speed = thermalManager.fan_speed[0]; - } - } - - /* Temperature page temperature update */ - if (checkkey == TemperatureID) { - if (last_temp_hotend_target != thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target) { - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(1), thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target); - } - if (last_temp_bed_target != thermalManager.temp_bed.target) { - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(2), thermalManager.temp_bed.target); - } - if (last_fan_speed != thermalManager.fan_speed[0]) { - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(3), thermalManager.fan_speed[0]); - last_fan_speed = thermalManager.fan_speed[0]; - } - } - - /* Bottom temperature update */ - if (last_temp_hotend_current != thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].celsius) { - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,STAT_FONT,White,Background_black, 3, 33, 382, thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].celsius); - last_temp_hotend_current = thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].celsius; - } - if (last_temp_hotend_target != thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target) { - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,STAT_FONT,White,Background_black, 3, 33+4*STAT_CHR_W+6, 382, thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target); - last_temp_hotend_target = thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target; - } - if (last_temp_bed_current != thermalManager.temp_bed.celsius) { - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,STAT_FONT,White,Background_black, 3, 178, 382, thermalManager.temp_bed.celsius); - last_temp_bed_current = thermalManager.temp_bed.celsius; - } - if (last_temp_bed_target != thermalManager.temp_bed.target) { - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,STAT_FONT,White,Background_black, 3, 178+4*STAT_CHR_W+6, 382, thermalManager.temp_bed.target); - last_temp_bed_target = thermalManager.temp_bed.target; - } - if (last_speed != feedrate_percentage) { - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,STAT_FONT,White,Background_black, 3, 33+2*STAT_CHR_W, 429, feedrate_percentage); - last_speed = feedrate_percentage; - } - #if HAS_LEVELING - if (last_probe_zoffset != probe.offset.z) { - show_plus_or_minus(STAT_FONT, Background_black, 2, 2, 178+STAT_CHR_W, 429, probe.offset.z*100); - last_probe_zoffset = probe.offset.z; - } - #else - if (last_zoffset != zprobe_zoffset) { - show_plus_or_minus(STAT_FONT, Background_black, 2, 2, 178+STAT_CHR_W, 429, zprobe_zoffset*100); - last_zoffset = zprobe_zoffset; - } - #endif -} - -/** - * Read and cache the working directory. - * - * TODO: New code can follow the pattern of menu_media.cpp - * and rely on Marlin caching for performance. No need to - * cache files here. - * - */ - -#ifndef strcasecmp_P -#define strcasecmp_P(a, b) strcasecmp((a), (b)) -#endif - -inline void make_name_without_ext(char *dst, char *src, int maxlen=MENU_CHAR_LIMIT) { - char * const name = card.longest_filename(); - size_t pos = strlen(name); // index of ending nul - - // For files, remove the extension - // which may be .gcode, .gco, or .g - if (!card.flag.filenameIsDir) - while (pos && src[pos] != '.') pos--; // find last '.' (stop at 0) - - int len = pos; // nul or '.' - if (len > maxlen) { // Keep the name short - pos = len = maxlen; // move nul down - dst[--pos] = '.'; // insert dots - dst[--pos] = '.'; - dst[--pos] = '.'; - } - - dst[len] = '\0'; // end it - - // Copy down to 0 - while (pos--) dst[pos] = src[pos]; -} - -inline void HMI_SDCardInit(void) { card.cdroot(); } - -void MarlinUI::refresh() { - // The card was mounted or unmounted - // or some other status change occurred - //DWIN_lcd_sd_status = false; // On next DWIN_Update - //HMI_SDCardUpdate(); -} - -#define ICON_Folder ICON_More - -char shift_name[LONG_FILENAME_LENGTH + 1]; -int8_t shift_amt; // = 0 -millis_t shift_ms; // = 0 - -// Init the shift name based on the highlighted item -inline void Init_Shift_Name() { - const bool is_subdir = !card.flag.workDirIsRoot; - const int8_t filenum = select_file.now - 1 - is_subdir; // Skip "Back" and ".." - if (WITHIN(filenum, 0, card.get_num_Files() - 1)) { - card.getfilename_sorted(filenum); - char * const name = card.longest_filename(); - make_name_without_ext(shift_name, name, 100); - } -} - -inline void Init_SDItem_Shift() { - shift_amt = 0; - shift_ms = select_file.now > 0 && strlen(shift_name) > MENU_CHAR_LIMIT - ? millis() + 750UL : 0; -} - -/** - * Display an SD item, adding a CDUP for subfolders. - */ -inline void Draw_SDItem(const uint16_t item, int16_t row=-1) { - if (row < 0) row = item + 1 + MROWS-index_file; - const bool is_subdir = !card.flag.workDirIsRoot; - if (is_subdir && item == 0) { - Draw_Menu_Line(row, ICON_Folder, (char*)".."); - return; - } - - card.getfilename_sorted(item - is_subdir); - char * const name = card.longest_filename(); - - // Init the current selected name - // This is used during scroll drawing - if (item == select_file.now - 1) { - make_name_without_ext(shift_name, name, 100); - Init_SDItem_Shift(); - } - - char str[strlen(name) + 1]; - - make_name_without_ext(str, name); - - Draw_Menu_Line(row, card.flag.filenameIsDir ? ICON_Folder : ICON_File, str); -} - -inline void Draw_SDItem_Shifted(int8_t &shift) { - // Limit to the number of chars past the cutoff - const size_t len = strlen(shift_name); - NOMORE(shift, _MAX((signed)len - MENU_CHAR_LIMIT, 0)); - - // Shorten to the available space - const size_t lastchar = _MIN((signed)len, shift + MENU_CHAR_LIMIT); - - const char c = shift_name[lastchar]; - shift_name[lastchar] = '\0'; - - const uint8_t row = select_file.now + MROWS-index_file; // skip "Back" and scroll - Erase_Menu_Text(row); - Draw_Menu_Line(row, 0, &shift_name[shift]); - - shift_name[lastchar] = c; -} - -// Redraw the first set of SD Files -inline void Redraw_SD_List() { - select_file.reset(); - index_file = MROWS; - - Clear_Menu_Area(); // Leave title bar unchanged - - Draw_Back_First(); - - // As many files as will fit - LOOP_L_N(i, _MIN(nr_sd_menu_items(), MROWS)) - Draw_SDItem(i, i + 1); - - Init_SDItem_Shift(); -} - -inline void SDCard_Up(void) { - card.cdup(); - Redraw_SD_List(); - DWIN_lcd_sd_status = false; // On next DWIN_Update -} - -inline void SDCard_Folder(char * const dirname) { - card.cd(dirname); - Redraw_SD_List(); - DWIN_lcd_sd_status = false; // On next DWIN_Update -} - -// -// Watch for media mount / unmount -// -void HMI_SDCardUpdate(void) { - if (HMI_flag.home_flag) return; - if (DWIN_lcd_sd_status != card.isMounted()) { - DWIN_lcd_sd_status = card.isMounted(); - //SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR("HMI_SDCardUpdate: ", int(DWIN_lcd_sd_status)); - if (card.isMounted()) { - if (checkkey == SelectFile) - Redraw_SD_List(); - } - else { - // clean file icon - if (checkkey == SelectFile) - Redraw_SD_List(); - else if (checkkey == PrintProcess || checkkey == Tune || printingIsActive()) { - // TODO: Move card removed abort handling - // to CardReader::manage_media. - card.flag.abort_sd_printing = true; - wait_for_heatup = false; - abort_flag = true; - } - } - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); - } -} - -/* Start */ -void HMI_StartFrame(const bool with_update) { - Goto_MainMenu(); - - DWIN_Draw_Rectangle(1, Background_black, 0, 360, 272, 479); - - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_HotendTemp, 13, 381); - #if HOTENDS > 1 - //DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_HotendTemp, 13, 381); - #endif - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_BedTemp, 158, 381); - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_Speed, 13, 429); - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_Zoffset, 158, 428); - - // Draw initial Status Area - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,STAT_FONT,White,Background_black, 3, 33, 382, thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].celsius); - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,STAT_FONT,White,Background_black, 3, 33+4*STAT_CHR_W+6, 382, thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target); - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,STAT_FONT,White,Background_black, 3, 178, 382, thermalManager.temp_bed.celsius); - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,STAT_FONT,White,Background_black, 3, 178+4*STAT_CHR_W+6, 382, thermalManager.temp_bed.target); - - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,STAT_FONT,White,Background_black, 3, 33+2*STAT_CHR_W, 429, feedrate_percentage); - DWIN_Draw_String(false,false,STAT_FONT,White,Background_black, 33+(2+3)*STAT_CHR_W+2, 429, (char*)"%"); - - show_plus_or_minus(STAT_FONT, Background_black, 2, 2, 178, 429, BABY_Z_VAR * 100); - DWIN_Draw_String(false,false,STAT_FONT,White,Background_black, 33+3*STAT_CHR_W+5, 383, (char*)"/"); - DWIN_Draw_String(false,false,STAT_FONT,White,Background_black, 178+3*STAT_CHR_W+5, 383, (char*)"/"); - - if (with_update) { - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); - delay(5); - } -} - -#ifndef MACHINE_SIZE - #define MACHINE_SIZE "220x220x250" -#endif -#ifndef CORP_WEBSITE_C - #define CORP_WEBSITE_C "www.cxsw3d.com" -#endif -#ifndef CORP_WEBSITE_E - #define CORP_WEBSITE_E "www.creality.com" -#endif - -inline void Draw_Info_Menu() { - Clear_Main_Window(); - - DWIN_Draw_String(false,false,font8x16,White,Background_black, (DWIN_WIDTH-strlen(MACHINE_SIZE)*MENU_CHR_W)/2, 122, (char*)MACHINE_SIZE); - DWIN_Draw_String(false,false,font8x16,White,Background_black, (DWIN_WIDTH-strlen(SHORT_BUILD_VERSION)*MENU_CHR_W)/2, 195, (char*)SHORT_BUILD_VERSION); - - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 30, 17, 271-214, 479-450, 14, 8); - - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 197, 149, 271-19, 479-318, 108, 102); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 164, 271-215, 479-303, 108, 175); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 58, 164, 271-158, 479-303, 105, 248); - DWIN_Draw_String(false,false,font8x16,White,Background_black, (DWIN_WIDTH-strlen(CORP_WEBSITE_C)*MENU_CHR_W)/2, 268, (char*)CORP_WEBSITE_C); - } - else { - #ifdef USE_STRING_HEADINGS - Draw_Title("Info"); // TODO: GET_TEXT_F - #else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 190, 16, 271-56, 479-453, 14, 8); - #endif - - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 120, 150, 146, 479-318, 124, 102); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 146, 151, 271-17, 479-318, 82, 175); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 0, 165, 271-177, 479-304, 89, 248); - DWIN_Draw_String(false,false,font8x16,White,Background_black, (DWIN_WIDTH-strlen(CORP_WEBSITE_E)*MENU_CHR_W)/2, 268, (char*)CORP_WEBSITE_E); - } - - Draw_Back_First(); - LOOP_L_N(i, 3) { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_PrintSize+i, 26, 99+i*73); - DWIN_Draw_Line(Line_Color, 16, MBASE(2)+i*73, 256, 156+i*73); - } -} - -inline void Draw_Print_File_Menu() { - Clear_Title_Bar(); - - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 0, 31, 271-216, 479-435, 14, 8); - else { - #ifdef USE_STRING_HEADINGS - Draw_Title("Print file"); // TODO: GET_TEXT_F - #else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 52, 31, 271-134, 479-438, 14, 8); // "Print file" - #endif - } - - Redraw_SD_List(); -} - -/* Main Process */ -void HMI_MainMenu(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = get_encoder_state(); - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_NO) return; - - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) { - if (select_page.inc(3)) { - switch (select_page.now) { - case 0: ICON_Print(); break; - case 1: ICON_Print(); ICON_Prepare(); break; - case 2: ICON_Prepare(); ICON_Control(); break; - case 3: ICON_Control(); TERN(HAS_LEVELING, ICON_Leveling, ICON_StartInfo)(1); break; - } - } - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) { - if (select_page.dec()) { - switch (select_page.now) { - case 0: ICON_Print(); ICON_Prepare(); break; - case 1: ICON_Prepare(); ICON_Control(); break; - case 2: ICON_Control(); TERN(HAS_LEVELING, ICON_Leveling, ICON_StartInfo)(0); break; - case 3: TERN(HAS_LEVELING, ICON_Leveling, ICON_StartInfo)(1); break; - } - } - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - switch (select_page.now) { - /* Print File */ - case 0: - checkkey = SelectFile; - Draw_Print_File_Menu(); - break; - - /* Prepare */ - case 1: - checkkey = Prepare; - select_prepare.reset(); - index_prepare = MROWS; - Draw_Prepare_Menu(); - break; - - /* Control */ - case 2: - checkkey = Control; - select_control.reset(); - index_control = MROWS; - Draw_Control_Menu(); - break; - - /* Leveling */ - case 3: - #if HAS_LEVELING - checkkey = Leveling; - HMI_Leveling(); - #else - checkkey = Info; - Draw_Info_Menu(); - #endif - break; - } - } - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); -} - -/* Select (and Print) File */ -void HMI_SelectFile(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = get_encoder_state(); - - const uint16_t hasUpDir = !card.flag.workDirIsRoot; - - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_NO) { - if (shift_ms && select_file.now >= 1 + hasUpDir) { - // Scroll selected filename every second - const millis_t ms = millis(); - if (ELAPSED(ms, shift_ms)) { - const bool was_reset = shift_amt < 0; - shift_ms = ms + 375UL + was_reset * 250UL; // ms per character - int8_t shift_new = shift_amt + 1; // Try to shift by... - Draw_SDItem_Shifted(shift_new); // Draw the item - if (!was_reset && shift_new == 0) // Was it limited to 0? - shift_ms = 0; // No scrolling needed - else if (shift_new == shift_amt) // Scroll reached the end - shift_new = -1; // Reset - shift_amt = shift_new; // Set new scroll - } - } - return; - } - - // First pause is long. Easy. - // On reset, long pause must be after 0. - - const uint16_t fullCnt = nr_sd_menu_items(); - - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW && fullCnt) { - if (select_file.inc(fullCnt)) { - const uint8_t itemnum = select_file.now - 1; // -1 for "Back" - if (shift_ms) { // If line was shifted - Erase_Menu_Text(select_file.now - 1 + MROWS-index_file); // Erase and - Draw_SDItem(itemnum - 1); // redraw - } - if (select_file.now > MROWS && select_file.now > index_file) { // Cursor past the bottom - index_file = select_file.now; // New bottom line - Scroll_Menu(DWIN_SCROLL_UP); - Draw_SDItem(itemnum, MROWS); // Draw and init the shift name - } - else { - Move_Highlight(1, select_file.now+MROWS-index_file); // Just move highlight - Init_Shift_Name(); // ...and init the shift name - } - Init_SDItem_Shift(); - } - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW && fullCnt) { - if (select_file.dec()) { - const uint8_t itemnum = select_file.now - 1; // -1 for "Back" - if (shift_ms) { // If line was shifted - Erase_Menu_Text(select_file.now + 1 + MROWS-index_file); // Erase and - Draw_SDItem(itemnum + 1); // redraw - } - if (select_file.now < index_file - MROWS) { // Cursor past the top - index_file--; // New bottom line - Scroll_Menu(DWIN_SCROLL_DOWN); - if (index_file == MROWS) { - Draw_Back_First(); - shift_ms = 0; - } - else - Draw_SDItem(itemnum, 0); // Draw the item (and init shift name) - } - else { - Move_Highlight(-1, select_file.now+MROWS-index_file); // Just move highlight - Init_Shift_Name(); // ...and init the shift name - } - Init_SDItem_Shift(); // Reset left. Init timer. - } - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - if (select_file.now == 0) { - /* back */ - select_page.set(0); - Goto_MainMenu(); - } - else if (hasUpDir && select_file.now == 1) { - /* CDUP */ - SDCard_Up(); - goto HMI_SelectFileExit; - } - else { - const uint16_t filenum = select_file.now - 1 - hasUpDir; - card.getfilename_sorted(filenum); - - // Enter that folder! - if (card.flag.filenameIsDir) { - SDCard_Folder(card.filename); - goto HMI_SelectFileExit; - } - - // Reset highlight for next entry - select_print.reset(); - select_file.reset(); - - // Start choice and print SD file - HMI_flag.heat_flag = 1; - HMI_flag.print_finish = 0; - HMI_ValueStruct.show_mode = 0; - - card.openAndPrintFile(card.filename); - - #if HAS_FAN - // All fans on for Ender 3 v2 ? - // The slicer should manage this for us. - //for (uint8_t i = 0; i < FAN_COUNT; i++) - // thermalManager.fan_speed[i] = FanOn; - #endif - - Goto_PrintProcess(); - } - } - HMI_SelectFileExit: - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); -} - -/* Printing */ -void HMI_Printing(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = get_encoder_state(); - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_NO) return; - - if (HMI_flag.confirm_flag) { - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - HMI_flag.confirm_flag = 0; - abort_flag = 1; - } - return; - } - - // Avoid flicker by updating only the previous menu - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) { - if (select_print.inc(2)) { - switch (select_print.now) { - case 0: ICON_Tune(); break; - case 1: - ICON_Tune(); - if (printingIsPaused()) ICON_Continue(); else ICON_Pause(); - break; - case 2: - if (printingIsPaused()) ICON_Continue(); else ICON_Pause(); - ICON_Stop(); - break; - } - } - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) { - if (select_print.dec()) { - switch (select_print.now) { - case 0: - ICON_Tune(); - if (printingIsPaused()) ICON_Continue(); else ICON_Pause(); - break; - case 1: - if (printingIsPaused()) ICON_Continue(); else ICON_Pause(); - ICON_Stop(); - break; - case 2: ICON_Stop(); break; - } - } - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - switch (select_print.now) { - case 0: // setting - checkkey = Tune; - HMI_ValueStruct.show_mode = 0; - select_tune.reset(); - index_tune = 5; - Draw_Tune_Menu(); - break; - case 1: // pause - /* pause */ - if (HMI_flag.pause_flag) { - ICON_Pause(); - - char cmd[40]; - cmd[0] = '\0'; - - #if ENABLED(PAUSE_HEAT) - if (tempbed) sprintf_P(cmd, PSTR("M190 S%i\n"), tempbed); - if (temphot) sprintf_P(&cmd[strlen(cmd)], PSTR("M109 S%i\n"), temphot); - #endif - - strcat_P(cmd, PSTR("M24")); - queue.inject(cmd); - } - else { - HMI_flag.select_flag = 1; - checkkey = Print_window; - Popup_window_PauseOrStop(); - } - break; - - case 2: // stop - /* stop */ - HMI_flag.select_flag = 1; - checkkey = Print_window; - Popup_window_PauseOrStop(); - break; - - default: - break; - } - } - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); -} - -/* pause and stop window */ -void HMI_PauseOrStop(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = get_encoder_state(); - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_NO) return; - - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) - Draw_Select_Highlight(false); - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) - Draw_Select_Highlight(true); - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - if (select_print.now == 1) { // pause window - if (HMI_flag.select_flag) { - pause_action_flag = 1; - ICON_Continue(); - #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY) - if (recovery.enabled) recovery.save(true); - #endif - queue.inject_P(PSTR("M25")); - } - else { - // cancel pause - } - Goto_PrintProcess(); - } - else if (select_print.now == 2) { // stop window - if (HMI_flag.select_flag) { - wait_for_heatup = false; // Stop waiting for heater - - #if 0 - // TODO: In ExtUI or MarlinUI add a common stop event - //card.flag.abort_sd_printing = true; - #else - checkkey = Back_Main; - // Wait for planner moves to finish! - if (HMI_flag.home_flag) planner.synchronize(); - card.endFilePrint(); - #ifdef ACTION_ON_CANCEL - host_action_cancel(); - #endif - #ifdef EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP - Popup_Window_Home(); - queue.inject_P(PSTR(EVENT_GCODE_SD_STOP)); // For Ender 3 "G28 X Y" - #endif - abort_flag = true; - #endif - } - else - Goto_PrintProcess(); // cancel stop - } - } - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); -} - -inline void Draw_Move_Menu() { - Clear_Main_Window(); - - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 192, 1, 271-38, 479-465, 14, 8); - - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 58, 118, 271-165, 479-347, LBLX, MBASE(1)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 109, 118, 271-114, 479-347, LBLX, MBASE(2)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 160, 118, 271-62, 479-347, LBLX, MBASE(3)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 212, 118, 271-18, 479-348, LBLX, MBASE(4)); - } - else { - #ifdef USE_STRING_HEADINGS - Draw_Title("Move"); // TODO: GET_TEXT_F - #else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 231, 2, 271-6, 479-467, 14, 8); - #endif - draw_move_en(MBASE(1)); say_x(33+3, MBASE(1)); // "Move X" - draw_move_en(MBASE(2)); say_y(33+3, MBASE(2)); // "Move Y" - draw_move_en(MBASE(3)); say_z(33+3, MBASE(3)); // "Move Z" - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 123, 192, 271-95, 479-277, LBLX, MBASE(4)); // "Extruder" - } - - Draw_Back_First(select_axis.now == 0); - if (select_axis.now) Draw_Menu_Cursor(select_axis.now); - - LOOP_L_N(i, MROWS) Draw_Menu_Line(i + 1, ICON_MoveX+i); -} - -/* Prepare */ -void HMI_Prepare(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = get_encoder_state(); - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_NO) return; - - // Avoid flicker by updating only the previous menu - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) { - if (select_prepare.inc(8)) { - if (select_prepare.now > MROWS && select_prepare.now > index_prepare) { - index_prepare = select_prepare.now; - - // Scroll up and draw a blank bottom line - Scroll_Menu(DWIN_SCROLL_UP); - Draw_Menu_Icon(MROWS, ICON_Axis+select_prepare.now-1); - - // Draw "More" icon for sub-menus - if (index_prepare < 7) Draw_More_Icon(MROWS-index_prepare+1); - - if (index_prepare == 6) Prepare_Item_ABS(MROWS); - else if (index_prepare == 7) Prepare_Item_Cool(MROWS); - else if (index_prepare == 8) Prepare_Item_Lang(MROWS); - } - else - Move_Highlight(1, select_prepare.now+MROWS-index_prepare); - } - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) { - if (select_prepare.dec()) { - if (select_prepare.now < index_prepare-MROWS) { - index_prepare--; - Scroll_Menu(DWIN_SCROLL_DOWN); - - if (index_prepare == MROWS) - Draw_Back_First(); - else - Draw_Menu_Line(0, ICON_Axis+select_prepare.now-1); - - if (index_prepare < 7) Draw_More_Icon(MROWS-index_prepare+1); - - if (index_prepare == 6) Prepare_Item_Move(0); - else if (index_prepare == 7) Prepare_Item_Disable(0); - else if (index_prepare == 8) Prepare_Item_Home(0); - } - else - Move_Highlight(-1, select_prepare.now+MROWS-index_prepare); - } - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - switch (select_prepare.now) { - case 0: // back - select_page.set(1); - Goto_MainMenu(); - break; - case 1: // axis move - checkkey = AxisMove; - select_axis.reset(); - Draw_Move_Menu(); - - queue.inject_P(PSTR("G92 E0")); - current_position.e = HMI_ValueStruct.Move_E_scale = 0; - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 1, 216, MBASE(1), current_position[X_AXIS]*MinUnitMult); - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 1, 216, MBASE(2), current_position[Y_AXIS]*MinUnitMult); - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 1, 216, MBASE(3), current_position[Z_AXIS]*MinUnitMult); - show_plus_or_minus(font8x16, Background_black, 3, 1, 216, MBASE(4), current_position.e*MinUnitMult); - break; - case 2: // close motion - queue.inject_P(PSTR("M84")); - break; - case 3: // homing - checkkey = Last_Prepare; - index_prepare = MROWS; - queue.inject_P(PSTR("G28")); // G28 will set home_flag - Popup_Window_Home(); - break; - case 4: // Z-offset - #if HAS_LEVELING - checkkey = Homeoffset; - HMI_ValueStruct.show_mode = -4; - HMI_ValueStruct.offset_value = probe.offset.z * 100; - show_plus_or_minus(font8x16, Select_Color, 2, 2, 202, MBASE(4+MROWS-index_prepare), HMI_ValueStruct.offset_value); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - #else - // Apply workspace offset, making the current position 0,0,0 - queue.inject_P(PSTR("G92 X0 Y0 Z0")); - buzzer.tone(100, 659); - buzzer.tone(100, 698); - #endif - break; - case 5: // PLA preheat - thermalManager.setTargetHotend(HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_hotend_temp[0], 0); - thermalManager.setTargetBed(HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_bed_temp[0]); - thermalManager.set_fan_speed(0, HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_fan_speed[0]); - break; - case 6: // ABS preheat - thermalManager.setTargetHotend(HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_hotend_temp[1], 0); - thermalManager.setTargetBed(HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_bed_temp[1]); - thermalManager.set_fan_speed(0, HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_fan_speed[1]); - break; - case 7: // cool - thermalManager.zero_fan_speeds(); - thermalManager.disable_all_heaters(); - break; - case 8: // language - /* select language */ - HMI_flag.language_flag = !HMI_flag.language_flag; - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) { - set_chinese_to_eeprom(); - DWIN_JPG_CacheTo1(Language_Chinese); - } - else { - set_english_to_eeprom(); - DWIN_JPG_CacheTo1(Language_English); - } - Draw_Prepare_Menu(); - break; - default: - break; - } - } - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); -} - -void Draw_Temperature_Menu() { - Clear_Main_Window(); - - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 236, 2, 271-8, 479-466, 14, 8); - - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 134, 271-215, 479-333, LBLX, MBASE(1)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 58, 134, 271-158, 479-333, LBLX, MBASE(2)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 115, 134, 271-101, 479-333, LBLX, MBASE(3)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 100, 89, 271-93, 479-378, LBLX, MBASE(4)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 180, 89, 271-11, 479-379, LBLX, MBASE(5)); - } - else { - #ifdef USE_STRING_HEADINGS - Draw_Title("Temperature"); // TODO: GET_TEXT_F - #else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 56, 16, 271-130, 479-450-1, 14, 8); - #endif - - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 197, 104, 271-33, 479-365, LBLX, MBASE(1)); // Nozzle... - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 89, 271-188, 479-377-1, LBLX+41+3, MBASE(1)); // ...Temperature - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 240, 104, 271-7, 479-365, LBLX, MBASE(2)); // Bed... - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 89, 271-188, 479-377-1, LBLX+24+3, MBASE(2)); // ...Temperature - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 0, 119, 271-207, 479-347, LBLX, MBASE(3)); // Fan speed - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 107, 76, 271-115, 479-393, LBLX, MBASE(4)); // Preheat... - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 157, 76, 181, 479-393, LBLX+49+3, MBASE(4)); // ...PLA - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 131, 119, 271-89, 479-347, LBLX+49+24+6, MBASE(4)); // PLA setting - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 107, 76, 271-115, 479-393, LBLX, MBASE(5)); // Preheat... - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 172, 76, 198, 479-393, LBLX+49+3, MBASE(5)); // ...ABS - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 131, 119, 271-89, 479-347, LBLX+49+3+26+3, MBASE(5)); // ABS setting - } - - Draw_Back_First(select_temp.now == 0); - if (select_temp.now) Draw_Menu_Cursor(select_temp.now); - - LOOP_L_N(i, 5) Draw_Menu_Line(i + 1, ICON_SetEndTemp+i); - - Draw_More_Icon(4); - Draw_More_Icon(5); - - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(1), thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target); - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(2), thermalManager.temp_bed.target); - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(3), thermalManager.fan_speed[0]); -} - -/* Control */ -void HMI_Control(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = get_encoder_state(); - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_NO) return; - - // Avoid flicker by updating only the previous menu - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) { - #define CONTROL_ITEMS (5 + ENABLED(HAS_LEVELING)) - if (select_control.inc(CONTROL_ITEMS)) { - if (select_control.now > MROWS && select_control.now > index_control) { - index_control = select_control.now; - Scroll_Menu(DWIN_SCROLL_UP); - Draw_Menu_Icon(MROWS, ICON_Temperature+select_control.now-1); - Draw_More_Icon(1+MROWS-index_control); // Temperature > - Draw_More_Icon(2+MROWS-index_control); // Motion > - if (index_control > MROWS) { - Draw_More_Icon(6+MROWS-index_control); // Info > - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 231, 104, 271-13, 479-363, LBLX, MBASE(5)); - else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 0, 104, 271-247, 479-365, LBLX, MBASE(5)); - } - } - else - Move_Highlight(1, select_control.now+MROWS-index_control); - } - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) { - if (select_control.dec()) { - if (select_control.now < index_control-MROWS) { - index_control--; - Scroll_Menu(DWIN_SCROLL_DOWN); - if (index_control == MROWS) - Draw_Back_First(); - else - Draw_Menu_Line(0, ICON_Temperature+select_control.now-1); - Draw_More_Icon(0+MROWS-index_control+1); // Temperature > - Draw_More_Icon(1+MROWS-index_control+1); // Motion > - } - else - Move_Highlight(-1, select_control.now+MROWS-index_control); - } - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - switch (select_control.now) { - case 0: // back - select_page.set(2); - Goto_MainMenu(); - break; - case 1: // temperature - checkkey = TemperatureID; - HMI_ValueStruct.show_mode = -1; - select_temp.reset(); - Draw_Temperature_Menu(); - break; - case 2: // motion - checkkey = Motion; - select_motion.reset(); - Draw_Motion_Menu(); - break; - case 3: // write EEPROM - if (settings.save()) { - buzzer.tone(100, 659); - buzzer.tone(100, 698); - } - else buzzer.tone(20, 440); - break; - case 4: // read EEPROM - if (settings.load()) { - buzzer.tone(100, 659); - buzzer.tone(100, 698); - } - else buzzer.tone(20, 440); - break; - case 5: // resume EEPROM - settings.reset(); - #if HAS_BUZZER - buzzer.tone(100, 659); - buzzer.tone(100, 698); - #endif - break; - case 6: // info - checkkey = Info; - Draw_Info_Menu(); - break; - default: - break; - } - } - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); -} - -/* Leveling */ -void HMI_Leveling(void) { - Popup_Window_Leveling(); - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); - queue.inject_P(PSTR("G29")); -} - -/* Axis Move */ -void HMI_AxisMove(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = get_encoder_state(); - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_NO) return; - - // popup window resume - if (HMI_flag.ETempTooLow_flag) { - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - HMI_flag.ETempTooLow_flag = 0; - Draw_Move_Menu(); - current_position.e = HMI_ValueStruct.Move_E_scale = 0; - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 1, 216, MBASE(1), HMI_ValueStruct.Move_X_scale); - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 1, 216, MBASE(2), HMI_ValueStruct.Move_Y_scale); - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 1, 216, MBASE(3), HMI_ValueStruct.Move_Z_scale); - show_plus_or_minus(font8x16, Background_black, 3, 1, 216, MBASE(4), HMI_ValueStruct.Move_E_scale); - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); - } - return; - } - // Avoid flicker by updating only the previous menu - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) { - if (select_axis.inc(4)) Move_Highlight(1, select_axis.now); - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) { - if (select_axis.dec()) Move_Highlight(-1, select_axis.now); - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - switch (select_axis.now) { - case 0: // back - checkkey = Prepare; - select_prepare.set(1); - index_prepare = MROWS; - Draw_Prepare_Menu(); - break; - case 1: // X axis move - checkkey = Move_X; - HMI_ValueStruct.Move_X_scale = current_position[X_AXIS]*MinUnitMult; - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 1, 216, MBASE(1), HMI_ValueStruct.Move_X_scale); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 2: // Y axis move - checkkey = Move_Y; - HMI_ValueStruct.Move_Y_scale = current_position[Y_AXIS]*MinUnitMult; - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 1, 216, MBASE(2), HMI_ValueStruct.Move_Y_scale); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 3: // Z axis move - checkkey = Move_Z; - HMI_ValueStruct.Move_Z_scale = current_position[Z_AXIS]*MinUnitMult; - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 1, 216, MBASE(3), HMI_ValueStruct.Move_Z_scale); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 4: // Extruder - // window tips - #ifdef PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION - if (thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].celsius < EXTRUDE_MINTEMP) { - HMI_flag.ETempTooLow_flag = 1; - Popup_Window_ETempTooLow(); - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); - return; - } - #endif - checkkey = Extruder; - HMI_ValueStruct.Move_E_scale = current_position.e*MinUnitMult; - show_plus_or_minus(font8x16, Select_Color, 3, 1, 216, MBASE(4), HMI_ValueStruct.Move_E_scale); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - default: - break; - } - } - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); -} - -/* TemperatureID */ -void HMI_Temperature(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = get_encoder_state(); - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_NO) return; - - // Avoid flicker by updating only the previous menu - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) { - if (select_temp.inc(5)) Move_Highlight(1, select_temp.now); - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) { - if (select_temp.dec()) Move_Highlight(-1, select_temp.now); - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - switch (select_temp.now) { - case 0: // back - checkkey = Control; - select_control.set(1); - index_control = MROWS; - Draw_Control_Menu(); - break; - case 1: // nozzle temperature - checkkey = ETemp; - HMI_ValueStruct.E_Temp = thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 216, MBASE(1), thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 2: // bed temperature - checkkey = BedTemp; - HMI_ValueStruct.Bed_Temp = thermalManager.temp_bed.target; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 216, MBASE(2), thermalManager.temp_bed.target); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 3: // fan speed - checkkey = FanSpeed; - HMI_ValueStruct.Fan_speed = thermalManager.fan_speed[0]; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 216, MBASE(3), thermalManager.fan_speed[0]); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 4: // PLA preheat setting - - checkkey = PLAPreheat; - select_PLA.reset(); - HMI_ValueStruct.show_mode = -2; - - Clear_Main_Window(); - - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 59, 16, 271-132, 479-450, 14, 8); - - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 100, 89, 124, 479-378, LBLX, MBASE(1)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 134, 271-215, 479-333, LBLX+24, MBASE(1)); // PLA nozzle temp - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 100, 89, 124, 479-378, LBLX, MBASE(2)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 58, 134, 271-158, 479-333, LBLX+24, MBASE(2)); // PLA bed temp - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 100, 89, 124, 479-378, LBLX, MBASE(3)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 115, 134, 271-101, 479-333, LBLX+24, MBASE(3)); // PLA fan speed - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 72, 148, 271-120, 479-317, LBLX, MBASE(4)); // save PLA configuration - } - else { - #ifdef USE_STRING_HEADINGS - Draw_Title("PLA Settings"); // TODO: GET_TEXT_F - #else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 56, 16, 271-130, 479-450-1, 14, 8); - #endif - - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 157, 76, 181, 479-393, LBLX, MBASE(1)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 197, 104, 271-33, 479-365, LBLX+24+3, MBASE(1)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 89, 271-188, 479-377-1, LBLX+24+41+6, MBASE(1)); // PLA nozzle temp - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 157, 76, 181, 479-393, LBLX, MBASE(2)+3); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 240, 104, 271-7, 479-365, LBLX+24+3, MBASE(2)+3); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 89, 271-188, 479-377-1, LBLX+24+24+6, MBASE(2)+3); // PLA bed temp - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 157, 76, 181, 479-393, LBLX, MBASE(3)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 0, 119, 271-207, 479-347, LBLX+24+3, MBASE(3)); // PLA fan speed - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 97, 165, 271-42, 479-301-1, LBLX, MBASE(4)); // save PLA configuration - } - - Draw_Back_First(); - - Draw_Menu_Line(1, ICON_SetEndTemp); - Draw_Menu_Line(2, ICON_SetBedTemp); - Draw_Menu_Line(3, ICON_FanSpeed); - Draw_Menu_Line(4, ICON_WriteEEPROM); - - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(1), HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_hotend_temp[0]); - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(2), HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_bed_temp[0]); - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(3), HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_fan_speed[0]); - - break; - case 5: // ABS preheat setting - - checkkey = ABSPreheat; - select_ABS.reset(); - HMI_ValueStruct.show_mode = -3; - - Clear_Main_Window(); - - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 142, 16, 271-48, 479-450, 14, 8); - - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 180, 89, 204, 479-379, LBLX, MBASE(1)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 134, 271-215, 479-333, LBLX+24, MBASE(1)); // ABS nozzle temp - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 180, 89, 204, 479-379, LBLX, MBASE(2)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 58, 134, 271-158, 479-333, LBLX+24, MBASE(2)); // ABS bed temp - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 180, 89, 204, 479-379, LBLX, MBASE(3)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 115, 134, 271-101, 479-333, LBLX+24, MBASE(3)); // ABS fan speed - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 72, 148, 271-120, 479-317, LBLX, MBASE(4)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 180, 89, 204, 479-379, LBLX+28, MBASE(4)+2); // save ABS configuration - } - else { - #ifdef USE_STRING_HEADINGS - Draw_Title("ABS Settings"); // TODO: GET_TEXT_F - #else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 56, 16, 271-130, 479-450-1, 14, 8); - #endif - - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 172, 76, 198, 479-393, LBLX, MBASE(1)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 197, 104, 271-33, 479-365, LBLX+24+3, MBASE(1)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 89, 271-188, 479-377-1, LBLX+24+41+6, MBASE(1)); // ABS nozzle temp - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 172, 76, 198, 479-393, LBLX, MBASE(2)+3); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 240, 104, 271-7, 479-365, LBLX+24+3, MBASE(2)+3); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 89, 271-188, 479-377-1, LBLX+24+24+6, MBASE(2)+3); // ABS bed temp - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 172, 76, 198, 479-393, LBLX, MBASE(3)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 0, 119, 271-207, 479-347, LBLX+24+3, MBASE(3)); // ABS fan speed - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 97, 165, 271-42, 479-301-1, LBLX, MBASE(4)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 172, 76, 198, 479-393, LBLX+33, MBASE(4)); // save ABS configuration - } - - Draw_Back_First(); - - Draw_Menu_Line(1, ICON_SetEndTemp); - Draw_Menu_Line(2, ICON_SetBedTemp); - Draw_Menu_Line(3, ICON_FanSpeed); - Draw_Menu_Line(4, ICON_WriteEEPROM); - - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(1), HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_hotend_temp[1]); - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(2), HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_bed_temp[1]); - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 216, MBASE(3), HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_fan_speed[1]); - - break; - default: - break; - } - } - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); -} - -inline void Draw_Max_Speed_Menu() { - Clear_Main_Window(); - - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 16, 271-243, 479-451, 14, 8); - - auto say_max_speed = [](const uint16_t row) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 173, 133, 228, 479-332, LBLX, row); // "Max speed" - }; - - say_max_speed(MBASE(1)); // "Max speed" - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 229, 133, 236, 479-332, LBLX+55+3, MBASE(1)); // X - say_max_speed(MBASE(2)); // "Max speed" - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 150, 271-264, 479-319, LBLX+55+3, MBASE(2)+3); // Y - say_max_speed(MBASE(3)); // "Max speed" - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 9, 150, 271-255, 479-319, LBLX+55+3, MBASE(3)+3); // Z - say_max_speed(MBASE(4)); // "Max speed" - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 18, 150, 271-246, 479-319, LBLX+55+3, MBASE(4)+3); // E - } - else { - #ifdef USE_STRING_HEADINGS - Draw_Title("Max Speed (mm/s)"); // TODO: GET_TEXT_F - #else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 144, 16, 271-82, 479-453, 14, 8); - #endif - - draw_max_en(MBASE(1)); // "Max" - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 184, 119, 271-37, 479-347, LBLX+24+3, MBASE(1)); // "Speed X" - - draw_max_en(MBASE(2)); // "Max" - draw_speed_en(24+3, MBASE(2)); // "Speed" - say_y(24+40+6, MBASE(2)); // "Y" - - draw_max_en(MBASE(3)); // "Max" - draw_speed_en(24+3, MBASE(3)); // "Speed" - say_z(24+40+6, MBASE(3)); // "Z" - - draw_max_en(MBASE(4)); // "Max" - draw_speed_en(24+3, MBASE(4)); // "Speed" - say_e(24+40+6, MBASE(4)); // "E" - } - - Draw_Back_First(); - LOOP_L_N(i, 4) Draw_Menu_Line(i + 1, ICON_MaxSpeedX+i); - - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 4, 210, MBASE(1), planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[X_AXIS]); - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 4, 210, MBASE(2), planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Y_AXIS]); - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 4, 210, MBASE(3), planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Z_AXIS]); - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 4, 210, MBASE(4), planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS]); -} - -inline void Draw_Max_Accel_Menu() { - Clear_Main_Window(); - - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 16, 271-243, 479-451, 14, 8); - - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 173, 133, 200, 479-332, LBLX, MBASE(1)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 28, 149, 271-202, 479-318, LBLX+27, MBASE(1)+1); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 229, 133, 236, 479-332, LBLX+27+41+3, MBASE(1)); // max acceleration X - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 173, 133, 200, 479-332, LBLX, MBASE(2)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 28, 149, 271-202, 479-318, LBLX+27, MBASE(2)+1); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 150, 271-264, 479-319, LBLX+27+41+3, MBASE(2)+2); // max acceleration Y - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 173, 133, 200, 479-332, LBLX, MBASE(3)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 28, 149, 271-202, 479-318, LBLX+27, MBASE(3)+1); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 9, 150, 271-255, 479-319, LBLX+27+41+3, MBASE(3)+2); // max acceleration Z - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 173, 133, 200, 479-332, LBLX, MBASE(4)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 28, 149, 271-202, 479-318, LBLX+27, MBASE(4)+1); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 18, 150, 271-246, 479-319, LBLX+27+41+3, MBASE(4)+2); // max acceleration E - } - else { - #ifdef USE_STRING_HEADINGS - Draw_Title("Max Accel (mm/s/s)"); // TODO: GET_TEXT_F - #else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 144, 16, 271-82, 479-453, 14, 8); - #endif - draw_max_accel_en(MBASE(1)); say_x(24+78+6, MBASE(1)); // "Max Acceleration X" - draw_max_accel_en(MBASE(2)); say_y(24+78+6, MBASE(2)); // "Max Acceleration Y" - draw_max_accel_en(MBASE(3)); say_z(24+78+6, MBASE(3)); // "Max Acceleration Z" - draw_max_accel_en(MBASE(4)); say_e(24+78+6, MBASE(4)); // "Max Acceleration E" - } - - Draw_Back_First(); - LOOP_L_N(i, 4) Draw_Menu_Line(i + 1, ICON_MaxAccX+i); - - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 4, 210, MBASE(1), planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[X_AXIS]); - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 4, 210, MBASE(2), planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Y_AXIS]); - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 4, 210, MBASE(3), planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Z_AXIS]); - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 4, 210, MBASE(4), planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS]); -} - -inline void Draw_Max_Jerk_Menu() { - Clear_Main_Window(); - - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 16, 271-243, 479-451, 14, 8); - - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 173, 133, 200, 479-332, LBLX, MBASE(1)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 180, 271-243, 479-287, LBLX+27, MBASE(1)+1); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 202, 133, 228, 479-332, LBLX+53, MBASE(1)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 229, 133, 236, 479-332, LBLX+80+3, MBASE(1)); // max corner speed X - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 173, 133, 200, 479-332, LBLX, MBASE(2)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 180, 271-243, 479-287, LBLX+27, MBASE(2)+1); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 202, 133, 228, 479-332, LBLX+53, MBASE(2)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 150, 271-264, 479-319, LBLX+80+3, MBASE(2)+3); // max corner speed Y - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 173, 133, 200, 479-332, LBLX, MBASE(3)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 180, 271-243, 479-287, LBLX+27, MBASE(3)+1); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 202, 133, 228, 479-332, LBLX+53, MBASE(3)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 9, 150, 271-255, 479-319, LBLX+80+3, MBASE(3)+3); // max corner speed Z - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 173, 133, 200, 479-332, LBLX, MBASE(4)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 180, 271-243, 479-287, LBLX+27, MBASE(4)+1); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 202, 133, 228, 479-332, LBLX+53, MBASE(4)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 18, 150, 271-246, 479-319, LBLX+80+3, MBASE(4)+3); // max corner speed E - } - else { - #ifdef USE_STRING_HEADINGS - Draw_Title("Max Corner"); // TODO: GET_TEXT_F - #else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 144, 16, 271-82, 479-453, 14, 8); - #endif - - draw_max_en(MBASE(1)); // "Max" - draw_corner_en(MBASE(1)); // "Corner" - draw_speed_en(66+6, MBASE(1)); // "Speed" - say_x(106+9, MBASE(1)); // "X" - - draw_max_en(MBASE(2)); // "Max" - draw_corner_en(MBASE(2)); // "Corner" - draw_speed_en(66+6, MBASE(2)); // "Speed" - say_y(106+9, MBASE(2)); // "Y" - - draw_max_en(MBASE(3)); // "Max" - draw_corner_en(MBASE(3)); // "Corner" - draw_speed_en(66+6, MBASE(3)); // "Speed" - say_z(106+9, MBASE(3)); // "Z" - - draw_max_en(MBASE(4)); // "Max" - draw_corner_en(MBASE(4)); // "Corner" - draw_speed_en(66+6, MBASE(4)); // "Speed" - say_e(106+9, MBASE(4)); // "E" - } - - Draw_Back_First(); - LOOP_L_N(i, 4) Draw_Menu_Line(i + 1, ICON_MaxSpeedCornerX+i); - - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 1, 210, MBASE(1), planner.max_jerk[X_AXIS]*MinUnitMult); - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 1, 210, MBASE(2), planner.max_jerk[Y_AXIS]*MinUnitMult); - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 1, 210, MBASE(3), planner.max_jerk[Z_AXIS]*MinUnitMult); - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 1, 210, MBASE(4), planner.max_jerk[E_AXIS]*MinUnitMult); -} - -inline void Draw_Steps_Menu() { - Clear_Main_Window(); - - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) { - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 16, 271-243, 479-451, 14, 8); - - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 153, 148, 271-77, 479-318, LBLX, MBASE(1)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 229, 133, 236, 479-332, LBLX+41+3, MBASE(1)); // Transmission Ratio X - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 153, 148, 271-77, 479-318, LBLX, MBASE(2)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 1, 150, 271-264, 479-319, LBLX+41+3, MBASE(2)+3); // Transmission Ratio Y - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 153, 148, 271-77, 479-318, LBLX, MBASE(3)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 9, 150, 271-255, 479-319, LBLX+41+3, MBASE(3)+3); // Transmission Ratio Z - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 153, 148, 271-77, 479-318, LBLX, MBASE(4)); - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 18, 150, 271-246, 479-319, LBLX+41+3, MBASE(4)+3); // Transmission Ratio E - } - else { - #ifdef USE_STRING_HEADINGS - Draw_Title("Steps-per-mm"); // TODO: GET_TEXT_F - #else - DWIN_Frame_AreaCopy(1, 144, 16, 271-82, 479-453, 14, 8); - #endif - draw_steps_per_mm(MBASE(1)); say_x(100+3, MBASE(1)); // "Steps-per-mm X" - draw_steps_per_mm(MBASE(2)); say_y(100+3, MBASE(2)); // "Y" - draw_steps_per_mm(MBASE(3)); say_z(100+3, MBASE(3)); // "Z" - draw_steps_per_mm(MBASE(4)); say_e(100+3, MBASE(4)); // "E" - } - - Draw_Back_First(); - LOOP_L_N(i, 4) Draw_Menu_Line(i + 1, ICON_StepX+i); - - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 1, 210, MBASE(1), planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[X_AXIS]*MinUnitMult); - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 1, 210, MBASE(2), planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Y_AXIS]*MinUnitMult); - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 1, 210, MBASE(3), planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Z_AXIS]*MinUnitMult); - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Background_black, 3, 1, 210, MBASE(4), planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS]*MinUnitMult); -} - -/* Motion */ -void HMI_Motion(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = get_encoder_state(); - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_NO) return; - - // Avoid flicker by updating only the previous menu - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) { - if (select_motion.inc(4)) Move_Highlight(1, select_motion.now); - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) { - if (select_motion.dec()) Move_Highlight(-1, select_motion.now); - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - switch (select_motion.now) { - case 0: // back - checkkey = Control; - select_control.set(2); - index_control = MROWS; - Draw_Control_Menu(); - break; - case 1: // max speed - checkkey = MaxSpeed; - select_speed.reset(); - Draw_Max_Speed_Menu(); - break; - case 2: // max acceleration - checkkey = MaxAcceleration; - select_acc.reset(); - Draw_Max_Accel_Menu(); - break; - case 3: // max corner speed - checkkey = MaxCorner; - select_corner.reset(); - Draw_Max_Jerk_Menu(); - break; - case 4: // transmission ratio - checkkey = Step; - select_step.reset(); - Draw_Steps_Menu(); - break; - default: - break; - } - } - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); -} - -/* Info */ -void HMI_Info(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = get_encoder_state(); - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_NO) return; - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - #if HAS_LEVELING - checkkey = Control; - select_control.set(CONTROL_ITEMS); - Draw_Control_Menu(); - #else - select_page.set(3); - Goto_MainMenu(); - #endif - } - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); -} - -/* Tune */ -void HMI_Tune(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = get_encoder_state(); - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_NO) return; - - // Avoid flicker by updating only the previous menu - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) { - if (select_tune.inc(6)) { - if (select_tune.now > MROWS && select_tune.now > index_tune) { - index_tune = select_tune.now; - Scroll_Menu(DWIN_SCROLL_UP); - Prepare_Item_Lang(5); - } - else - Move_Highlight(1, select_tune.now + MROWS-index_tune); - } - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) { - if (select_tune.dec()) { - if (select_tune.now < index_tune-MROWS) { - index_tune--; - Scroll_Menu(DWIN_SCROLL_DOWN); - if (index_tune == MROWS) Draw_Back_First(); - } - else - Move_Highlight(-1, select_tune.now + MROWS-index_tune); - } - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - switch (select_tune.now) { - case 0: { // back - select_print.set(0); - Goto_PrintProcess(); - } break; - case 1: // print speed - checkkey = PrintSpeed; - HMI_ValueStruct.print_speed = feedrate_percentage; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 216, MBASE(1+MROWS-index_tune), feedrate_percentage); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 2: // nozzle temp - checkkey = ETemp; - HMI_ValueStruct.E_Temp = thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 216, MBASE(2+MROWS-index_tune), thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 3: // bed temp - checkkey = BedTemp; - HMI_ValueStruct.Bed_Temp = thermalManager.temp_bed.target; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 216, MBASE(3+MROWS-index_tune), thermalManager.temp_bed.target); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 4: // fan speed - checkkey = FanSpeed; - HMI_ValueStruct.Fan_speed = thermalManager.fan_speed[0]; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 216, MBASE(4+MROWS-index_tune), thermalManager.fan_speed[0]); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 5: // z-offset - checkkey = Homeoffset; - HMI_ValueStruct.offset_value = BABY_Z_VAR * 100; - show_plus_or_minus(font8x16, Select_Color, 2, 2, 202, MBASE(5+MROWS-index_tune), HMI_ValueStruct.offset_value); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 6: // language - /* select language */ - HMI_flag.language_flag = !HMI_flag.language_flag; - - Clear_Main_Window(); - - if (HMI_flag.language_flag) { - set_chinese_to_eeprom(); - DWIN_JPG_CacheTo1(Language_Chinese); - } - else { - set_english_to_eeprom(); - DWIN_JPG_CacheTo1(Language_English); - } - - Draw_Tune_Menu(); - break; - - default: break; - } - } - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); -} - -/* PLA Preheat */ -void HMI_PLAPreheatSetting(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = get_encoder_state(); - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_NO) return; - - // Avoid flicker by updating only the previous menu - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) { - if (select_PLA.inc(4)) Move_Highlight(1, select_PLA.now); - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) { - if (select_PLA.dec()) Move_Highlight(-1, select_PLA.now); - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - switch (select_PLA.now) { - case 0: // back - checkkey = TemperatureID; - select_temp.now = 4; - HMI_ValueStruct.show_mode = -1; - Draw_Temperature_Menu(); - break; - case 1: // set nozzle temperature - checkkey = ETemp; - HMI_ValueStruct.E_Temp = HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_hotend_temp[0]; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 216, MBASE(1), HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_hotend_temp[0]); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 2: // set bed temperature - checkkey = BedTemp; - HMI_ValueStruct.Bed_Temp = HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_bed_temp[0]; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 216, MBASE(2), HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_bed_temp[0]); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 3: // set fan speed - checkkey = FanSpeed; - HMI_ValueStruct.Fan_speed = HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_fan_speed[0]; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 216, MBASE(3), HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_fan_speed[0]); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 4: // save PLA configuration - if (settings.save()) { - buzzer.tone(100, 659); - buzzer.tone(100, 698); - } - else buzzer.tone(20, 440); - break; - default: - break; - } - } - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); -} - -/* ABS Preheat */ -void HMI_ABSPreheatSetting(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = get_encoder_state(); - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_NO) return; - - // Avoid flicker by updating only the previous menu - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) { - if (select_ABS.inc(4)) Move_Highlight(1, select_ABS.now); - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) { - if (select_ABS.dec()) Move_Highlight(-1, select_ABS.now); - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - switch (select_ABS.now) { - case 0: // back - checkkey = TemperatureID; - select_temp.now = 5; - HMI_ValueStruct.show_mode = -1; - Draw_Temperature_Menu(); - break; - case 1: // set nozzle temperature - checkkey = ETemp; - HMI_ValueStruct.E_Temp = HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_hotend_temp[1]; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 216, MBASE(1), HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_hotend_temp[1]); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 2: // set bed temperature - checkkey = BedTemp; - HMI_ValueStruct.Bed_Temp = HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_bed_temp[1]; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 216, MBASE(2), HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_bed_temp[1]); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 3: // set fan speed - checkkey = FanSpeed; - HMI_ValueStruct.Fan_speed = HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_fan_speed[1]; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 216, MBASE(3), HMI_ValueStruct.preheat_fan_speed[1]); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 4: // save PLA configuration - if (settings.save()) { - buzzer.tone(100, 659); - buzzer.tone(100, 698); - } - else buzzer.tone(20, 440); - break; - default: - break; - } - } - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); -} - -/* Max Speed */ -void HMI_MaxSpeed(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = get_encoder_state(); - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_NO) return; - - // Avoid flicker by updating only the previous menu - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) { - if (select_speed.inc(4)) Move_Highlight(1, select_speed.now); - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) { - if (select_speed.dec()) Move_Highlight(-1, select_speed.now); - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - switch (select_speed.now) { - case 0: // back - checkkey = Motion; - select_motion.now = 1; - Draw_Motion_Menu(); - break; - case 1: // max Speed X - checkkey = MaxSpeed_value; - HMI_flag.feedspeed_flag = X_AXIS; - HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed = planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[X_AXIS]; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 4, 210, MBASE(select_speed.now), HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 2: // max Speed Y - checkkey = MaxSpeed_value; - HMI_flag.feedspeed_flag = Y_AXIS; - HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed = planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Y_AXIS]; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 4, 210, MBASE(select_speed.now), HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 3: // max Speed Z - checkkey = MaxSpeed_value; - HMI_flag.feedspeed_flag = Z_AXIS; - HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed = planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[Z_AXIS]; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 4, 210, MBASE(select_speed.now), HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 4: // max Speed E - checkkey = MaxSpeed_value; - HMI_flag.feedspeed_flag = E_AXIS; - HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed = planner.settings.max_feedrate_mm_s[E_AXIS]; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 4, 210, MBASE(select_speed.now), HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Feedspeed); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - default: - break; - } - } - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); -} - -/* Max Acceleration */ -void HMI_MaxAcceleration(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = get_encoder_state(); - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_NO) return; - - // Avoid flicker by updating only the previous menu - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) { - if (select_acc.inc(4)) Move_Highlight(1, select_acc.now); - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) { - if (select_acc.dec()) Move_Highlight(-1, select_acc.now); - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - switch (select_acc.now) { - case 0: // back - checkkey = Motion; - select_motion.now = 2; - Draw_Motion_Menu(); - break; - case 1: // max acceleration X - checkkey = MaxAcceleration_value; - HMI_flag.acc_flag = X_AXIS; - HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration = planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[X_AXIS]; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 4, 210, MBASE(select_acc.now), HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 2: // max acceleration Y - checkkey = MaxAcceleration_value; - HMI_flag.acc_flag = Y_AXIS; - HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration = planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Y_AXIS]; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 4, 210, MBASE(select_acc.now), HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 3: // max acceleration Z - checkkey = MaxAcceleration_value; - HMI_flag.acc_flag = Z_AXIS; - HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration = planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[Z_AXIS]; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 4, 210, MBASE(select_acc.now), HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 4: // max acceleration E - checkkey = MaxAcceleration_value; - HMI_flag.acc_flag = E_AXIS; - HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration = planner.settings.max_acceleration_mm_per_s2[E_AXIS]; - DWIN_Draw_IntValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 4, 210, MBASE(select_acc.now), HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Acceleration); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - default: - break; - } - } - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); -} - -/* Max Corner */ -void HMI_MaxCorner(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = get_encoder_state(); - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_NO) return; - - // Avoid flicker by updating only the previous menu - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) { - if (select_corner.inc(4)) Move_Highlight(1, select_corner.now); - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) { - if (select_corner.dec()) Move_Highlight(-1, select_corner.now); - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - switch (select_corner.now) { - case 0: // back - checkkey = Motion; - select_motion.now = 3; - Draw_Motion_Menu(); - break; - case 1: // max corner X - checkkey = MaxCorner_value; - HMI_flag.corner_flag = X_AXIS; - HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner = planner.max_jerk[X_AXIS]*MinUnitMult; - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 1, 210, MBASE(select_corner.now), HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 2: // max corner Y - checkkey = MaxCorner_value; - HMI_flag.corner_flag = Y_AXIS; - HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner = planner.max_jerk[Y_AXIS]*MinUnitMult; - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 1, 210, MBASE(select_corner.now), HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 3: // max corner Z - checkkey = MaxCorner_value; - HMI_flag.corner_flag = Z_AXIS; - HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner = planner.max_jerk[Z_AXIS]*MinUnitMult; - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 1, 210, MBASE(select_corner.now), HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 4: // max corner E - checkkey = MaxCorner_value; - HMI_flag.corner_flag = E_AXIS; - HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner = planner.max_jerk[E_AXIS]*MinUnitMult; - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 1, 210, MBASE(select_corner.now), HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Corner); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - default: - break; - } - } - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); -} - -/* Step */ -void HMI_Step(void) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = get_encoder_state(); - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_NO) return; - - // Avoid flicker by updating only the previous menu - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CW) { - if (select_step.inc(4)) Move_Highlight(1, select_step.now); - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW) { - if (select_step.dec()) Move_Highlight(-1, select_step.now); - } - else if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - switch (select_step.now) { - case 0: // back - checkkey = Motion; - select_motion.now = 4; - Draw_Motion_Menu(); - break; - case 1: // max step X - checkkey = Step_value; - HMI_flag.step_flag = X_AXIS; - HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step = planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[X_AXIS]*MinUnitMult; - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 1, 210, MBASE(select_step.now), HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 2: // max step Y - checkkey = Step_value; - HMI_flag.step_flag = Y_AXIS; - HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step = planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Y_AXIS]*MinUnitMult; - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 1, 210, MBASE(select_step.now), HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 3: // max step Z - checkkey = Step_value; - HMI_flag.step_flag = Z_AXIS; - HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step = planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[Z_AXIS]*MinUnitMult; - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 1, 210, MBASE(select_step.now), HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - case 4: // max step E - checkkey = Step_value; - HMI_flag.step_flag = E_AXIS; - HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step = planner.settings.axis_steps_per_mm[E_AXIS]*MinUnitMult; - DWIN_Draw_FloatValue(true,true,0,font8x16,White,Select_Color, 3, 1, 210, MBASE(select_step.now), HMI_ValueStruct.Max_Step); - EncoderRate.encoderRateEnabled = 1; - break; - default: - break; - } - } - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); -} - -void HMI_Init(void) { - HMI_SDCardInit(); - - for (uint16_t t = 0; t <= 100; t += 2) { - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON,ICON_Bar, 15, 260); - DWIN_Draw_Rectangle(1, Background_black, 15 + t * 242/100, 260, 257, 280); - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); - delay(20); - } - - lcd_select_language(); - - #if ENABLED(FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE) // For "CREALITY_TOUCH" probe too? - SET_OUTPUT(COM_PIN); - WRITE(COM_PIN, 1); - #endif - - delay(200); -} - -void DWIN_Update(void) { - /* status update */ - EachMomentUpdate(); - - /* sdcard update */ - HMI_SDCardUpdate(); - - /* rotary encoder update */ - DWIN_HandleScreen(); -} - -void EachMomentUpdate(void) { - static millis_t next_rts_update_ms = 0; - const millis_t ms = millis(); - if (PENDING(ms, next_rts_update_ms)) return; - next_rts_update_ms = ms + DWIN_SCROLL_UPDATE_INTERVAL; - - // variable update - update_variable(); - - if (checkkey == PrintProcess) { - // if print done - if (HMI_flag.print_finish && !HMI_flag.confirm_flag) { - HMI_flag.print_finish = 0; - HMI_flag.confirm_flag = 1; - - TERN_(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY, recovery.cancel()); - - planner.finish_and_disable(); - - // show percent bar and value - Percentrecord = 0; - Draw_Print_ProgressBar(); - - // show print done confirm - DWIN_Draw_Rectangle(1, Background_black, 0, 250, 271, 360); - DWIN_ICON_Show(ICON, HMI_flag.language_flag ? ICON_Confirm_C : ICON_Confirm_E, 86, 302-19); - } - else if (HMI_flag.pause_flag != printingIsPaused()) { - // print status update - HMI_flag.pause_flag = printingIsPaused(); - if (HMI_flag.pause_flag) ICON_Continue(); else ICON_Pause(); - } - } - - // pause after homing - if (pause_action_flag && printingIsPaused() && !planner.has_blocks_queued()) { - pause_action_flag = 0; - #if ENABLED(PAUSE_HEAT) - tempbed = thermalManager.temp_bed.target; - temphot = thermalManager.temp_hotend[0].target; - thermalManager.disable_all_heaters(); - #endif - queue.inject_P(PSTR("G1 F1200 X0 Y0")); - } - - if (card.isPrinting() && checkkey == PrintProcess) { // print process - const uint8_t card_pct = card.percentDone(); - static uint8_t last_cardpercentValue = 101; - if (last_cardpercentValue != card_pct) { // print percent - last_cardpercentValue = card_pct; - if (card_pct) { - Percentrecord = card_pct; - Draw_Print_ProgressBar(); - } - } - - duration_t elapsed = print_job_timer.duration(); // print timer - /* already print time */ - const uint16_t min = (elapsed.value % 3600) / 60; - if (last_Printtime != min) { // 1 minute update - last_Printtime = min; - Draw_Print_ProgressElapsed(); - } - /* remain print time */ - static millis_t next_remain_time_update = 0; - if (elapsed.minute() > 5 && ELAPSED(ms, next_remain_time_update) && HMI_flag.heat_flag == 0) { // show after 5 min and 20s update - remain_time = ((elapsed.value - heat_time) * ((float)card.getFileSize() / (float)card.getIndex())) - (elapsed.value - heat_time); - next_remain_time_update += 20 * 1000UL; - Draw_Print_ProgressRemain(); - } - } - else if (abort_flag && !HMI_flag.home_flag) { // Print Stop - abort_flag = 0; - HMI_ValueStruct.print_speed = feedrate_percentage = 100; - zprobe_zoffset = TERN(HAS_LEVELING, probe.offset.z, 0); - - planner.finish_and_disable(); - - #if DISABLED(SD_ABORT_NO_COOLDOWN) - thermalManager.disable_all_heaters(); - #endif - - select_page.set(0); - Goto_MainMenu(); - } - else if (DWIN_lcd_sd_status && recovery.dwin_flag) { // resume print before power off - recovery.dwin_flag = false; - - recovery.load(); - if (!recovery.valid()) return recovery.purge(); - - auto draw_first_option = [](const bool sel) { - const uint16_t c1 = sel ? Background_window : Select_Color; - DWIN_Draw_Rectangle(0, c1, 25, 306, 126, 345); - DWIN_Draw_Rectangle(0, c1, 24, 305, 127, 346); - }; - - auto update_selection = [&](const bool sel) { - HMI_flag.select_flag = sel; - draw_first_option(sel); - const uint16_t c2 = sel ? Select_Color : Background_window; - DWIN_Draw_Rectangle(0, c2, 145, 306, 246, 345); - DWIN_Draw_Rectangle(0, c2, 144, 305, 247, 346); - }; - - LOOP_L_N(i, card.get_num_Files()) { - // TODO: Resume print via M1000 then update the UI - // with the active filename which can come from CardReader. - card.getfilename_sorted(i); - if (!strcmp(card.filename, &recovery.info.sd_filename[1])) { // Resume print before power failure while have the same file - recovery_flag = 1; - HMI_flag.select_flag = 1; - Popup_Window_Resume(); - draw_first_option(false); - char * const name = card.longest_filename(); - DWIN_Draw_String(false,true,font8x16, Font_window, Background_window, (DWIN_WIDTH-strlen(name)*MENU_CHR_W)/2, 252, name); - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); - break; - } - } - - // if hasn't resumable G-code file - if (!recovery_flag) return; - - while (recovery_flag) { - ENCODER_DiffState encoder_diffState = Encoder_ReceiveAnalyze(); - if (encoder_diffState != ENCODER_DIFF_NO) { - if (encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_ENTER) { - recovery_flag = 0; - if (HMI_flag.select_flag) break; - TERN_(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY, recovery.cancel()); - HMI_StartFrame(true); - return; - } - else - update_selection(encoder_diffState == ENCODER_DIFF_CCW); - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); - } - } - - select_print.set(0); - HMI_ValueStruct.show_mode = 0; - HMI_StartFrame(false); - recovery.resume(); - return; - } - DWIN_UpdateLCD(); -} - -void DWIN_HandleScreen(void) { - switch (checkkey) { - case MainMenu: HMI_MainMenu(); break; - case SelectFile: HMI_SelectFile(); break; - case Prepare: HMI_Prepare(); break; - case Control: HMI_Control(); break; - case Leveling: break; - case PrintProcess: HMI_Printing(); break; - case Print_window: HMI_PauseOrStop(); break; - case AxisMove: HMI_AxisMove(); break; - case TemperatureID: HMI_Temperature(); break; - case Motion: HMI_Motion(); break; - case Info: HMI_Info(); break; - case Tune: HMI_Tune(); break; - case PLAPreheat: HMI_PLAPreheatSetting(); break; - case ABSPreheat: HMI_ABSPreheatSetting(); break; - case MaxSpeed: HMI_MaxSpeed(); break; - case MaxAcceleration: HMI_MaxAcceleration(); break; - case MaxCorner: HMI_MaxCorner(); break; - case Step: HMI_Step(); break; - case Move_X: HMI_Move_X(); break; - case Move_Y: HMI_Move_Y(); break; - case Move_Z: HMI_Move_Z(); break; - case Extruder: HMI_Move_E(); break; - case Homeoffset: HMI_Zoffset(); break; - case ETemp: HMI_ETemp(); break; - case BedTemp: HMI_BedTemp(); break; - case FanSpeed: HMI_FanSpeed(); break; - case PrintSpeed: HMI_PrintSpeed(); break; - case MaxSpeed_value: HMI_MaxFeedspeedXYZE(); break; - case MaxAcceleration_value: HMI_MaxAccelerationXYZE(); break; - case MaxCorner_value: HMI_MaxCornerXYZE(); break; - case Step_value: HMI_StepXYZE(); break; - default: break; - } -} - -void DWIN_CompletedHoming(void) { - HMI_flag.home_flag = false; - if (checkkey == Last_Prepare) { - checkkey = Prepare; - select_prepare.now = 3; - index_prepare = MROWS; - Draw_Prepare_Menu(); - } - else if (checkkey == Back_Main) { - HMI_ValueStruct.print_speed = feedrate_percentage = 100; - zprobe_zoffset = TERN0(BLTOUCH, probe.offset.z); - planner.finish_and_disable(); - Goto_MainMenu(); - } -} - -void DWIN_CompletedLeveling(void) { - if (checkkey == Leveling) Goto_MainMenu(); -} - -#endif // DWIN_CREALITY_LCD From e098037e91740ffd570577183deaa743db6727cb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Scott Lahteine Date: Sat, 31 Oct 2020 21:56:30 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 15/24] Apply more HAS_FAN --- Marlin/src/lcd/TFTGLCD/marlinui_TFTGLCD.cpp | 4 ++-- Marlin/src/lcd/dwin/e3v2/dwin.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp | 11 +++++++---- 3 files changed, 10 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-) diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/TFTGLCD/marlinui_TFTGLCD.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/TFTGLCD/marlinui_TFTGLCD.cpp index 571d576bbc1f..0a08832c69ec 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/TFTGLCD/marlinui_TFTGLCD.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/TFTGLCD/marlinui_TFTGLCD.cpp @@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { #endif #endif // HAS_HEATED_BED - #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + #if HAS_FAN uint16_t spd = thermalManager.fan_speed[0]; #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) @@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ void MarlinUI::draw_status_screen() { else picBits &= ~ICON_FAN; - #endif // FAN_COUNT > 0 + #endif // HAS_FAN // // Line 9, 10 - icons diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/dwin/e3v2/dwin.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/dwin/e3v2/dwin.cpp index 45704d5724f8..d6b6ed28e424 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/dwin/e3v2/dwin.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/dwin/e3v2/dwin.cpp @@ -2075,7 +2075,7 @@ void HMI_SelectFile() { card.openAndPrintFile(card.filename); - #if FAN_COUNT > 0 + #if HAS_FAN // All fans on for Ender 3 v2 ? // The slicer should manage this for us. // for (uint8_t i = 0; i < FAN_COUNT; i++) diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp index 0a5fe333377e..9b4bb1d0ea07 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp @@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@ void Planner::reverse_pass() { // Perform the reverse pass block_t *current = &block_buffer[block_index]; - // Only consider non sync blocks + // Only consider non sync-and-page blocks if (!(current->flag & BLOCK_MASK_SYNC) && !IS_PAGE(current)) { reverse_pass_kernel(current, next); next = current; @@ -1110,7 +1110,7 @@ void Planner::forward_pass() { // Perform the forward pass block = &block_buffer[block_index]; - // Skip SYNC blocks + // Skip SYNC and page blocks if (!(block->flag & BLOCK_MASK_SYNC) && !IS_PAGE(block)) { // If there's no previous block or the previous block is not // BUSY (thus, modifiable) run the forward_pass_kernel. Otherwise, @@ -1160,7 +1160,7 @@ void Planner::recalculate_trapezoids() { next = &block_buffer[block_index]; - // Skip sync blocks + // Skip sync and page blocks if (!(next->flag & BLOCK_MASK_SYNC) && !IS_PAGE(next)) { next_entry_speed = SQRT(next->entry_speed_sqr); @@ -1274,7 +1274,9 @@ void Planner::recalculate() { #endif // AUTOTEMP -#define HAS_TAIL_FAN_SPEED (HAS_FAN && DISABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107)) +#if FAN_COUNT && DISABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) + #define HAS_TAIL_FAN_SPEED 1 +#endif /** * Apply fan speeds @@ -2666,6 +2668,7 @@ void Planner::buffer_sync_block(TERN_(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107, uint8_t sync_ memset(block, 0, sizeof(block_t)); block->flag = sync_flag; + block->position = position; #if BOTH(HAS_FAN, LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) From bc3fb85c33aca8635d0d5324a16d4d5e76bbb6c3 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Scott Lahteine Date: Wed, 6 Jan 2021 21:32:30 -0600 Subject: [PATCH 16/24] Move WRITE_FAN --- Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_post.h | 1 - Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp | 2 ++ 2 files changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_post.h b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_post.h index 135867a72bcc..596463dd0011 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_post.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_post.h @@ -2297,7 +2297,6 @@ #if FAN_COUNT > 0 #define HAS_FAN 1 - #define WRITE_FAN(n, v) WRITE(FAN##n##_PIN, (v) ^ FAN_INVERTING) #endif /** diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp index 6d51722f18f9..a9e43a27870c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp @@ -2547,6 +2547,8 @@ void Temperature::tick() { static SoftPWM soft_pwm_chamber; #endif + #define WRITE_FAN(n, v) WRITE(FAN##n##_PIN, (v) ^ FAN_INVERTING) + #if DISABLED(SLOW_PWM_HEATERS) #if ANY(HAS_HOTEND, HAS_HEATED_BED, HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER, FAN_SOFT_PWM) From b665b8a72b8dee11d3211b1ed67470fcbb93b0a7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Scott Lahteine Date: Fri, 8 Jan 2021 15:25:27 -0600 Subject: [PATCH 17/24] Wrap tool as a class --- Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp | 100 ++++++++++++++++++++ Marlin/src/feature/{tool_types.h => tool.h} | 16 +++- Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.cpp | 77 --------------- Marlin/src/gcode/control/M450-M459.cpp | 18 ++-- Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h | 4 + Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp | 14 ++- Marlin/src/module/temperature.h | 4 - platformio.ini | 2 + 8 files changed, 132 insertions(+), 103 deletions(-) create mode 100644 Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp rename Marlin/src/feature/{tool_types.h => tool.h} (76%) delete mode 100644 Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp new file mode 100644 index 000000000000..2b4bdf04a07c --- /dev/null +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,100 @@ +/** + * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware + * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] + * + * Based on Sprinter and grbl. + * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm + * + * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify + * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by + * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or + * (at your option) any later version. + * + * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, + * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of + * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the + * GNU General Public License for more details. + * + * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License + * along with this program. If not, see . + * + */ + +/** + * feature/tool.cpp + */ + +#include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" + +#if HAS_TOOLS + +#include "tool.h" +#include "../module/temperature.h" + +MarlinTool tool; + +ToolType MarlinTool::type = TOOL_TYPE_EXTRUDER; + +/** + * Tool Selection: + * 0 - Extruder + * 1 - Laser + * 2 - Spindle + */ +void MarlinTool::select(const ToolType intype) { + if (intype == type) return; + + type = intype; + + switch (intype) { + case TOOL_TYPE_NONE: + break; + + case TOOL_TYPE_EXTRUDER: + #if HAS_HOTEND + current_position.e = 0; + planner.set_e_position_mm(0); + #endif + break; + + case TOOL_TYPE_LASER: + #if ENABLED(LASER_FEATURE) + #endif + break; + + case TOOL_TYPE_SPINDLE: + #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) + #endif + break; + + default: return; + } + + // Turn Timer 5 on or off depending on tool + //set_pwm_frequency(FAN_PIN type == TOOL_TYPE_LASER ? 25000 : 0); + + // Kill heaters when changing tool modes + thermalManager.disable_all_heaters(); +} + +void MarlinTool::report() { + static PGMSTR(str_tooltype_0, "Extruder"); + static PGMSTR(str_tooltype_1, "Laser"); + static PGMSTR(str_tooltype_2, "Spindle"); + static PGM_P const debug_strings[] PROGMEM = { str_tooltype_0, str_tooltype_1, str_tooltype_2 }; + SERIAL_ECHO_START(); + SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Tool: "); + serialprintPGM((char*)pgm_read_ptr(&(tool_strings[type]))); + SERIAL_CHAR(' '); + SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)(type == TOOL_TYPE_EXTRUDER ? active_extruder : 0)); +} + +bool MarlinTool::is_selected(const ToolType intype, const noerr/*=false*/) { + if (type != intype) { + if (!noerr) SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_WRONG_TOOL); + return true; + } + return false; +} + +#endif // HAS_TOOLS diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.h b/Marlin/src/feature/tool.h similarity index 76% rename from Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.h rename to Marlin/src/feature/tool.h index 38787584e092..0882dbe5791c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/tool.h @@ -21,16 +21,22 @@ */ /** - * feature/tool_types.h + * feature/tool.h */ enum ToolType : char { + TOOL_TYPE_NONE = 0, TOOL_TYPE_EXTRUDER, // M450 S0 or M451 TOOL_TYPE_LASER, // M450 S1 or M452 - TOOL_TYPE_CNC_MILL, // M450 S2 or M453 - TOOL_TYPE_NONE = -1 + TOOL_TYPE_SPINDLE // M450 S2 or M453 }; -extern ToolType tool_type; +class MarlinTool { +public: + static ToolType type; + static void report(); + static void select(const ToolType intype); + static bool is_selected(const ToolType intype, const noerr=false); +}; -void set_tool_type(const ToolType type); +extern MarlinTool tool; diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index a6e6bb1b254e..000000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/tool_types.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,77 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * feature/tool_types.cpp - */ - -#include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" - -#if HAS_TOOL_TYPES - -#include "tool_types.h" - -ToolType tool_type; - -/** - * Tool Selection: - * 0 - Extruder - * 1 - Laser - * 2 - CNC Mill - */ -void set_tool_type(const ToolType type) { - switch (type) { - default: return; - - case TOOL_TYPE_EXTRUDER: - current_position.e = 0; - planner.set_e_position_mm(0); - break; - - case TOOL_TYPE_LASER: - break; - - case TOOL_TYPE_CNC_MILL: - break; - } - - tool_type = type; - - // Turn Timer 5 on or off depending on tool - //set_pwm_frequency(FAN_PIN tool_type == TOOL_TYPE_LASER ? 25000 : 0); - - thermalManager.tool_changed(); -} - -void report_tool_type() { - const static char str_tooltype_0[] PROGMEM = "Extruder"; - const static char str_tooltype_1[] PROGMEM = "Laser"; - const static char str_tooltype_2[] PROGMEM = "CNC Mill"; - const static char* const tool_strings[] PROGMEM = { str_tooltype_0, str_tooltype_1, str_tooltype_2 }; - SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Tool: "); - serialprintPGM((char*)pgm_read_ptr(&(tool_strings[tool_type]))); - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)(tool_type == TOOL_TYPE_EXTRUDER ? active_extruder : 0)); -} - -#endif // HAS_TOOL_TYPES diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M450-M459.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M450-M459.cpp index 96818ee78e8c..753101f313ec 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M450-M459.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M450-M459.cpp @@ -22,17 +22,17 @@ #include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" -#if HAS_TOOL_TYPES +#if HAS_TOOLS -#include "../../feature/tool_types.h" +#include "../../feature/tool.h" #include "../gcode.h" static void set_printer_mode(const ToolType new_tool) { if (new_tool != TOOL_TYPE_NONE && new_tool < TOOL_TYPE_COUNT) - set_tool_type(new_tool); + tool.select(new_tool); - report_tool_type(); + tool.report(); } /** @@ -45,18 +45,18 @@ inline void GcodeSuite::M450() { } /** - * M451: Select FFF printer mode + * M451: Select the FFF extruder tool */ inline void GcodeSuite::M451() { set_printer_mode(TOOL_TYPE_EXTRUDER); } /** - * M452: Select Laser printer mode + * M452: Select the Laser tool */ inline void GcodeSuite::M452() { set_printer_mode(TOOL_TYPE_LASER); } /** - * M453: Select CNC printer mode + * M453: Select the Spindle tool */ -inline void GcodeSuite::M453() { set_printer_mode(TOOL_TYPE_CNC_MILL); } +inline void GcodeSuite::M453() { set_printer_mode(TOOL_TYPE_SPINDLE); } -#endif // HAS_TOOL_TYPES +#endif // HAS_TOOLS diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h index d650d3221683..15fc914f6095 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h @@ -243,6 +243,10 @@ #define NEEDS_HARDWARE_PWM 1 #endif +#if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) + #define HAS_TOOLS 1 +#endif + #if !defined(__AVR__) || !defined(USBCON) // Define constants and variables for buffering serial data. // Use only 0 or powers of 2 greater than 1 diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp index a9e43a27870c..3d94298a892d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp @@ -125,8 +125,8 @@ #include "../libs/buzzer.h" #endif -#if HAS_TOOL_TYPES - #include "../feature/tool_types.h" +#if HAS_TOOLS + #include "../feature/tool.h" #endif #if HAS_SERVOS @@ -409,12 +409,10 @@ volatile bool Temperature::raw_temps_ready = false; * temperature to succeed. */ void Temperature::PID_autotune(const float &target, const heater_id_t heater_id, const int8_t ncycles, const bool set_result/*=false*/) { - #if HAS_TOOL_TYPES - if (tool_type != TOOL_TYPE_EXTRUDER) { - SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_WRONG_TOOL); - return; - } - #endif + + // The extruder must be the current tool + if (!TERN1(HAS_TOOLS, tool.is_selected(TOOL_TYPE_EXTRUDER))) + return; float current_temp = 0.0; int cycles = 0; diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.h b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.h index 04b14be0d4ed..aa4f2e7634dc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.h +++ b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.h @@ -727,10 +727,6 @@ class Temperature { */ static void disable_all_heaters(); - #if HAS_TOOL_TYPES - static inline void tool_changed() { disable_all_heaters(); } // Also cuts off laser/spindle power - #endif - #if ENABLED(PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART) /** * Methods to check if heaters are enabled, indicating an active job diff --git a/platformio.ini b/platformio.ini index daeaee402160..5e04727fd50d 100644 --- a/platformio.ini +++ b/platformio.ini @@ -106,6 +106,7 @@ default_src_filter = + - - + - - - - - - + - - - - @@ -319,6 +320,7 @@ PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION = src_filter=+ + + (EXT|MANUAL)_SOLENOID.* = src_filter=+ + HAS_CUTTER = src_filter=+ + +HAS_TOOLS = src_filter=+ EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS = src_filter=+ + MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CAL.+ = src_filter=+ Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS = src_filter=+ From d7f96a0f7f91f0732859d5016ed5280254460ab6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Scott Lahteine Date: Sun, 10 Jan 2021 19:57:29 -0600 Subject: [PATCH 18/24] etc --- platformio.ini | 2 +- 1 file changed, 1 insertion(+), 1 deletion(-) diff --git a/platformio.ini b/platformio.ini index 5e04727fd50d..3adaf3e7fb92 100644 --- a/platformio.ini +++ b/platformio.ini @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ PROBE_TEMP_COMPENSATION = src_filter=+ + + (EXT|MANUAL)_SOLENOID.* = src_filter=+ + HAS_CUTTER = src_filter=+ + -HAS_TOOLS = src_filter=+ +HAS_TOOLS = src_filter=+ EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS = src_filter=+ + MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CAL.+ = src_filter=+ Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS = src_filter=+ From 85b733931da79b52964ea895470d59e86b7ef58c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Scott Lahteine Date: Sun, 10 Jan 2021 20:08:35 -0600 Subject: [PATCH 19/24] Fix calls, add test --- Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp | 13 +++++++++++++ Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h | 15 +++++++++++++++ buildroot/tests/ARMED-tests | 1 + 3 files changed, 29 insertions(+) diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp index 89bc0dc7af60..7694a5779f94 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp @@ -738,6 +738,19 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { case 430: M430(); break; // M430: Read the system current (A), voltage (V), and power (W) #endif + #if HAS_TOOLS + case 450: M450(); break; // M450: Select / Report current tool + case 451: M451(); break; // M451: Select tool Extruder + case 452: M452(); break; // M452: Select tool Laser + case 453: M453(); break; // M453: Select tool Spindle + //case 454: M454(); break; + //case 455: M455(); break; + //case 456: M456(); break; + //case 457: M457(); break; + //case 458: M458(); break; + //case 459: M459(); break; + #endif + #if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) case 486: M486(); break; // M486: Identify and cancel objects #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h index 735456a533b3..dfcac3a99deb 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h @@ -219,6 +219,8 @@ * M425 - Enable/Disable and tune backlash correction. (Requires BACKLASH_COMPENSATION and BACKLASH_GCODE) * M428 - Set the home_offset based on the current_position. Nearest edge applies. (Disabled by NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS or DELTA) * M430 - Read the system current, voltage, and power (Requires POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT, POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE, or POWER_MONITOR_FIXED_VOLTAGE) + * M450 - Set or report current tool. (Requires LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) + * M451-M459 - Set tool to Extruder, Laser, Spindle, etc. (Requires LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) * M486 - Identify and cancel objects. (Requires CANCEL_OBJECTS) * M500 - Store parameters in EEPROM. (Requires EEPROM_SETTINGS) * M501 - Restore parameters from EEPROM. (Requires EEPROM_SETTINGS) @@ -758,6 +760,19 @@ class GcodeSuite { TERN_(HAS_POWER_MONITOR, static void M430()); + #if HAS_TOOLS + static void M450(); + static void M451(); // Extruder + static void M452(); // Laser + static void M453(); // Spindle + //static void M454(); + //static void M455(); + //static void M456(); + //static void M457(); + //static void M458(); + //static void M459(); + #endif + TERN_(CANCEL_OBJECTS, static void M486()); static void M500(); diff --git a/buildroot/tests/ARMED-tests b/buildroot/tests/ARMED-tests index 6aa1308ca41c..441553dc3f82 100755 --- a/buildroot/tests/ARMED-tests +++ b/buildroot/tests/ARMED-tests @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ restore_configs use_example_configs ArmEd opt_set X_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2130 opt_set Y_DRIVER_TYPE TMC2208 +opt_enable LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 exec_test $1 $2 "ArmEd Example Configuration with mixed TMC Drivers" "$3" # clean up From 94533dc09cc16fd58409b278fa1980a237493de2 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Scott Lahteine Date: Tue, 12 Jan 2021 22:36:32 -0600 Subject: [PATCH 20/24] Tool fixups --- Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp | 5 +++-- Marlin/src/feature/tool.h | 2 +- 2 files changed, 4 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-) diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp index 2b4bdf04a07c..2c3afddf2c28 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp @@ -29,6 +29,7 @@ #if HAS_TOOLS #include "tool.h" +#include "../module/motion.h" #include "../module/temperature.h" MarlinTool tool; @@ -81,7 +82,7 @@ void MarlinTool::report() { static PGMSTR(str_tooltype_0, "Extruder"); static PGMSTR(str_tooltype_1, "Laser"); static PGMSTR(str_tooltype_2, "Spindle"); - static PGM_P const debug_strings[] PROGMEM = { str_tooltype_0, str_tooltype_1, str_tooltype_2 }; + static PGM_P const tool_strings[] PROGMEM = { str_tooltype_0, str_tooltype_1, str_tooltype_2 }; SERIAL_ECHO_START(); SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Tool: "); serialprintPGM((char*)pgm_read_ptr(&(tool_strings[type]))); @@ -89,7 +90,7 @@ void MarlinTool::report() { SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)(type == TOOL_TYPE_EXTRUDER ? active_extruder : 0)); } -bool MarlinTool::is_selected(const ToolType intype, const noerr/*=false*/) { +bool MarlinTool::is_selected(const ToolType intype, const bool noerr/*=false*/) { if (type != intype) { if (!noerr) SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_WRONG_TOOL); return true; diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/tool.h b/Marlin/src/feature/tool.h index 0882dbe5791c..e5f56fb4b60a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/tool.h +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/tool.h @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ class MarlinTool { static ToolType type; static void report(); static void select(const ToolType intype); - static bool is_selected(const ToolType intype, const noerr=false); + static bool is_selected(const ToolType intype, const bool noerr=false); }; extern MarlinTool tool; From 55fd3a4fdd9f9cef3d14510da2c511d1bbf285ab Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Scott Lahteine Date: Tue, 12 Jan 2021 22:37:45 -0600 Subject: [PATCH 21/24] No laser/spindle needed --- Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp | 4 ---- 1 file changed, 4 deletions(-) diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp index 2c3afddf2c28..4c0c431e16ee 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp @@ -59,13 +59,9 @@ void MarlinTool::select(const ToolType intype) { break; case TOOL_TYPE_LASER: - #if ENABLED(LASER_FEATURE) - #endif break; case TOOL_TYPE_SPINDLE: - #if ENABLED(SPINDLE_FEATURE) - #endif break; default: return; From bd9a14851156c66037f7def6cb2f5fec26f55de7 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Scott Lahteine Date: Wed, 24 Mar 2021 07:02:43 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 22/24] cleanup after merge --- Marlin/src/core/language.h | 1 + Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp | 61 +++++++++++++++++++++++++++++-- Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp | 12 +++--- Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp | 2 +- 5 files changed, 66 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-) diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/language.h b/Marlin/src/core/language.h index 71e8ea524c7c..e37d59a1f0c8 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/language.h +++ b/Marlin/src/core/language.h @@ -170,6 +170,7 @@ #define STR_ERR_M420_FAILED "Failed to enable Bed Leveling" #define STR_ERR_M428_TOO_FAR "Too far from reference point" #define STR_ERR_M303_DISABLED "PIDTEMP disabled" +#define STR_ERR_WRONG_TOOL "Wrong tool" #define STR_M119_REPORT "Reporting endstop status" #define STR_ON "ON" #define STR_OFF "OFF" diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp index 4c0c431e16ee..9362ba25179b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ void MarlinTool::report() { bool MarlinTool::is_selected(const ToolType intype, const bool noerr/*=false*/) { if (type != intype) { - if (!noerr) SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(MSG_ERR_WRONG_TOOL); + if (!noerr) SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_ERR_WRONG_TOOL); return true; } return false; diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp index 0b84314967eb..b20d1e273be0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/planner.cpp @@ -1248,10 +1248,63 @@ void Planner::recalculate() { recalculate_trapezoids(); } -#if FAN_COUNT && DISABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) +#if HAS_FAN && DISABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) #define HAS_TAIL_FAN_SPEED 1 #endif +/** + * Apply fan speeds + */ +#if HAS_FAN + + void Planner::sync_fan_speeds(uint8_t (&fan_speed)[FAN_COUNT]) { + + #if FAN_MIN_PWM != 0 || FAN_MAX_PWM != 255 + #define CALC_FAN_SPEED(f) (fan_speed[f] ? map(fan_speed[f], 1, 255, FAN_MIN_PWM, FAN_MAX_PWM) : FAN_OFF_PWM) + #else + #define CALC_FAN_SPEED(f) (fan_speed[f] ?: FAN_OFF_PWM) + #endif + + #if ENABLED(FAN_SOFT_PWM) + #define _FAN_SET(F) thermalManager.soft_pwm_amount_fan[F] = CALC_FAN_SPEED(F); + #elif ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) + #define _FAN_SET(F) set_pwm_duty(FAN##F##_PIN, CALC_FAN_SPEED(F)); + #else + #define _FAN_SET(F) analogWrite(pin_t(FAN##F##_PIN), CALC_FAN_SPEED(F)); + #endif + #define FAN_SET(F) do{ kickstart_fan(fan_speed, ms, F); _FAN_SET(F); }while(0) + + const millis_t ms = millis(); + TERN_(HAS_FAN0, FAN_SET(0)); + TERN_(HAS_FAN1, FAN_SET(1)); + TERN_(HAS_FAN2, FAN_SET(2)); + TERN_(HAS_FAN3, FAN_SET(3)); + TERN_(HAS_FAN4, FAN_SET(4)); + TERN_(HAS_FAN5, FAN_SET(5)); + TERN_(HAS_FAN6, FAN_SET(6)); + TERN_(HAS_FAN7, FAN_SET(7)); + } + + #if FAN_KICKSTART_TIME + + void Planner::kickstart_fan(uint8_t (&fan_speed)[FAN_COUNT], const millis_t &ms, const uint8_t f) { + static millis_t fan_kick_end[FAN_COUNT] = { 0 }; + if (fan_speed[f]) { + if (fan_kick_end[f] == 0) { + fan_kick_end[f] = ms + FAN_KICKSTART_TIME; + fan_speed[f] = 255; + } + else if (PENDING(ms, fan_kick_end[f])) + fan_speed[f] = 255; + } + else + fan_kick_end[f] = 0; + } + + #endif + +#endif // HAS_FAN + /** * Maintain fans, paste extruder pressure, */ @@ -1276,7 +1329,7 @@ void Planner::check_axes_activity() { if (has_blocks_queued()) { - #if HAS_TAIL_FAN_SPEED || ENABLED(BARICUDA) + #if EITHER(HAS_TAIL_FAN_SPEED, BARICUDA) block_t *block = &block_buffer[block_buffer_tail]; #endif @@ -2644,7 +2697,9 @@ bool Planner::_populate_block(block_t * const block, bool split_move, * or in case of LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107 the fan PWM */ void Planner::buffer_sync_block(TERN_(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107, uint8_t sync_flag)) { - TERN(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107,,constexpr uint8_t sync_flag = BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION); + #if DISABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) + constexpr uint8_t sync_flag = BLOCK_FLAG_SYNC_POSITION; + #endif // Wait for the next available block uint8_t next_buffer_head; diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp index 73133aeb0984..f982bc44e63a 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp @@ -1988,15 +1988,13 @@ uint32_t Stepper::block_phase_isr() { // Anything in the buffer? if ((current_block = planner.get_current_block())) { - // Sync block? Sync the stepper counts and return + // Sync block? Sync the stepper counts or fan speeds and return while (current_block->flag & BLOCK_MASK_SYNC) { - #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) - if (TEST(current_block->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_FANS)) - planner.sync_fan_speeds(current_block->fan_speed); - else - #endif - _set_position(current_block->position); + if (TERN0(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107, TEST(current_block->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_FANS))) + planner.sync_fan_speeds(current_block->fan_speed); + else + _set_position(current_block->position); discard_current_block(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp index 480b8f36582a..171dfe845948 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp @@ -502,7 +502,7 @@ volatile bool Temperature::raw_temps_ready = false; void Temperature::PID_autotune(const float &target, const heater_id_t heater_id, const int8_t ncycles, const bool set_result/*=false*/) { // The extruder must be the current tool - if (!TERN1(HAS_TOOLS, tool.is_selected(TOOL_TYPE_EXTRUDER))) + if (TERN0(HAS_TOOLS, !tool.is_selected(TOOL_TYPE_EXTRUDER))) return; float current_temp = 0.0; From ccc537c4e8ec37ac6238cb3741db47eb35e06c51 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Scott Lahteine Date: Wed, 24 Mar 2021 10:46:17 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 23/24] move macro --- Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp | 2 +- Marlin/src/lcd/lcdprint.h | 1 - Marlin/src/lcd/marlinui.cpp | 3 --- Marlin/src/lcd/marlinui.h | 2 ++ 4 files changed, 3 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-) diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp index 9362ba25179b..2206f9ce5e2d 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ void MarlinTool::select(const ToolType intype) { default: return; } - // Turn Timer 5 on or off depending on tool + // Set PWM Timer on or off depending on tool //set_pwm_frequency(FAN_PIN type == TOOL_TYPE_LASER ? 25000 : 0); // Kill heaters when changing tool modes diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/lcdprint.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/lcdprint.h index b7732d319889..90ffa14ad1a5 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/lcdprint.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/lcdprint.h @@ -105,7 +105,6 @@ #define SETCURSOR_RJ(len, row) lcd_moveto(LCD_COL_X_RJ(len), LCD_ROW_Y(row)) #define SETCURSOR_X(col) SETCURSOR(col, _lcdLineNr) #define SETCURSOR_X_RJ(len) SETCURSOR_RJ(len, _lcdLineNr) -#define START_OF_UTF8_CHAR(C) (((C) & 0xC0u) != 0x80U) int lcd_glyph_height(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/marlinui.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/marlinui.cpp index 0be30efad836..a89bda3f7f91 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/marlinui.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/marlinui.cpp @@ -44,9 +44,6 @@ MarlinUI ui; #include "../gcode/queue.h" #include "fontutils.h" #include "../sd/cardreader.h" - #if EITHER(EXTENSIBLE_UI, DWIN_CREALITY_LCD) - #define START_OF_UTF8_CHAR(C) (((C) & 0xC0u) != 0x80U) - #endif #endif #if LCD_HAS_WAIT_FOR_MOVE diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/marlinui.h b/Marlin/src/lcd/marlinui.h index 490d78401e7f..cc08284d1796 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/marlinui.h +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/marlinui.h @@ -56,6 +56,8 @@ #include "../module/motion.h" // for active_extruder #endif +#define START_OF_UTF8_CHAR(C) (((C) & 0xC0u) != 0x80U) + #if HAS_WIRED_LCD enum LCDViewAction : uint8_t { From 445109b3cc39dcdbe74fcc22ca80b457cf7ebe84 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Scott Lahteine Date: Wed, 24 Mar 2021 11:03:01 -0500 Subject: [PATCH 24/24] clean up after merge --- Marlin/Configuration_adv.h | 6 +- Marlin/src/core/language.h | 1 - Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp | 97 ------------------- Marlin/src/feature/tool.h | 42 -------- Marlin/src/gcode/control/M450-M459.cpp | 62 ------------ Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp | 13 --- Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h | 15 --- Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h | 4 - Marlin/src/lcd/marlinui.cpp | 30 +++--- Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp | 12 ++- Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp | 9 -- .../src/pins/stm32f4/pins_MKS_ROBIN_NANO_V3.h | 6 +- .../src/pins/stm32f4/pins_MKS_ROBIN_PRO_V2.h | 6 +- platformio.ini | 2 - 14 files changed, 39 insertions(+), 266 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp delete mode 100644 Marlin/src/feature/tool.h delete mode 100644 Marlin/src/gcode/control/M450-M459.cpp diff --git a/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h index 6c34095689ef..a7af076155b5 100644 --- a/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/Configuration_adv.h @@ -3220,8 +3220,10 @@ /** * Synchronous Laser Control with M106/M107 * - * By default M106 / M107 applies the new fan speed immediately. This is fine - * for fans, but unsuitable for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan header. + * Marlin normally applies M106/M107 fan speeds at a time "soon after" processing + * a planner block. This is too inaccurate for a PWM/TTL laser attached to the fan + * header (as with some add-on laser kits). Enable this option to set fan/laser + * speeds with much more exact timing for improved print fidelity. * * NOTE: This option sacrifices some cooling fan speed options. */ diff --git a/Marlin/src/core/language.h b/Marlin/src/core/language.h index e37d59a1f0c8..71e8ea524c7c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/core/language.h +++ b/Marlin/src/core/language.h @@ -170,7 +170,6 @@ #define STR_ERR_M420_FAILED "Failed to enable Bed Leveling" #define STR_ERR_M428_TOO_FAR "Too far from reference point" #define STR_ERR_M303_DISABLED "PIDTEMP disabled" -#define STR_ERR_WRONG_TOOL "Wrong tool" #define STR_M119_REPORT "Reporting endstop status" #define STR_ON "ON" #define STR_OFF "OFF" diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp b/Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 2206f9ce5e2d..000000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/tool.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,97 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * feature/tool.cpp - */ - -#include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" - -#if HAS_TOOLS - -#include "tool.h" -#include "../module/motion.h" -#include "../module/temperature.h" - -MarlinTool tool; - -ToolType MarlinTool::type = TOOL_TYPE_EXTRUDER; - -/** - * Tool Selection: - * 0 - Extruder - * 1 - Laser - * 2 - Spindle - */ -void MarlinTool::select(const ToolType intype) { - if (intype == type) return; - - type = intype; - - switch (intype) { - case TOOL_TYPE_NONE: - break; - - case TOOL_TYPE_EXTRUDER: - #if HAS_HOTEND - current_position.e = 0; - planner.set_e_position_mm(0); - #endif - break; - - case TOOL_TYPE_LASER: - break; - - case TOOL_TYPE_SPINDLE: - break; - - default: return; - } - - // Set PWM Timer on or off depending on tool - //set_pwm_frequency(FAN_PIN type == TOOL_TYPE_LASER ? 25000 : 0); - - // Kill heaters when changing tool modes - thermalManager.disable_all_heaters(); -} - -void MarlinTool::report() { - static PGMSTR(str_tooltype_0, "Extruder"); - static PGMSTR(str_tooltype_1, "Laser"); - static PGMSTR(str_tooltype_2, "Spindle"); - static PGM_P const tool_strings[] PROGMEM = { str_tooltype_0, str_tooltype_1, str_tooltype_2 }; - SERIAL_ECHO_START(); - SERIAL_ECHOPGM("Tool: "); - serialprintPGM((char*)pgm_read_ptr(&(tool_strings[type]))); - SERIAL_CHAR(' '); - SERIAL_ECHOLN((int)(type == TOOL_TYPE_EXTRUDER ? active_extruder : 0)); -} - -bool MarlinTool::is_selected(const ToolType intype, const bool noerr/*=false*/) { - if (type != intype) { - if (!noerr) SERIAL_ERROR_MSG(STR_ERR_WRONG_TOOL); - return true; - } - return false; -} - -#endif // HAS_TOOLS diff --git a/Marlin/src/feature/tool.h b/Marlin/src/feature/tool.h deleted file mode 100644 index e5f56fb4b60a..000000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/feature/tool.h +++ /dev/null @@ -1,42 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -/** - * feature/tool.h - */ - -enum ToolType : char { - TOOL_TYPE_NONE = 0, - TOOL_TYPE_EXTRUDER, // M450 S0 or M451 - TOOL_TYPE_LASER, // M450 S1 or M452 - TOOL_TYPE_SPINDLE // M450 S2 or M453 -}; - -class MarlinTool { -public: - static ToolType type; - static void report(); - static void select(const ToolType intype); - static bool is_selected(const ToolType intype, const bool noerr=false); -}; - -extern MarlinTool tool; diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M450-M459.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M450-M459.cpp deleted file mode 100644 index 753101f313ec..000000000000 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/control/M450-M459.cpp +++ /dev/null @@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ -/** - * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware - * Copyright (c) 2020 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin] - * - * Based on Sprinter and grbl. - * Copyright (c) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm - * - * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify - * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by - * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or - * (at your option) any later version. - * - * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, - * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of - * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the - * GNU General Public License for more details. - * - * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License - * along with this program. If not, see . - * - */ - -#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h" - -#if HAS_TOOLS - -#include "../../feature/tool.h" -#include "../gcode.h" - -static void set_printer_mode(const ToolType new_tool) { - - if (new_tool != TOOL_TYPE_NONE && new_tool < TOOL_TYPE_COUNT) - tool.select(new_tool); - - tool.report(); -} - -/** - * M450: Set and/or report current tool type - * - * S - The new tool type - */ -inline void GcodeSuite::M450() { - set_printer_mode((ToolType)(parser.seen('S') ? parser.value_byte() : -1)); -} - -/** - * M451: Select the FFF extruder tool - */ -inline void GcodeSuite::M451() { set_printer_mode(TOOL_TYPE_EXTRUDER); } - -/** - * M452: Select the Laser tool - */ -inline void GcodeSuite::M452() { set_printer_mode(TOOL_TYPE_LASER); } - -/** - * M453: Select the Spindle tool - */ -inline void GcodeSuite::M453() { set_printer_mode(TOOL_TYPE_SPINDLE); } - -#endif // HAS_TOOLS diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp index ea3e29a09a08..aa206bfeba17 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.cpp @@ -772,19 +772,6 @@ void GcodeSuite::process_parsed_command(const bool no_ok/*=false*/) { case 430: M430(); break; // M430: Read the system current (A), voltage (V), and power (W) #endif - #if HAS_TOOLS - case 450: M450(); break; // M450: Select / Report current tool - case 451: M451(); break; // M451: Select tool Extruder - case 452: M452(); break; // M452: Select tool Laser - case 453: M453(); break; // M453: Select tool Spindle - //case 454: M454(); break; - //case 455: M455(); break; - //case 456: M456(); break; - //case 457: M457(); break; - //case 458: M458(); break; - //case 459: M459(); break; - #endif - #if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) case 486: M486(); break; // M486: Identify and cancel objects #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h index b73208773701..7ea2489584a6 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h +++ b/Marlin/src/gcode/gcode.h @@ -223,8 +223,6 @@ * M425 - Enable/Disable and tune backlash correction. (Requires BACKLASH_COMPENSATION and BACKLASH_GCODE) * M428 - Set the home_offset based on the current_position. Nearest edge applies. (Disabled by NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS or DELTA) * M430 - Read the system current, voltage, and power (Requires POWER_MONITOR_CURRENT, POWER_MONITOR_VOLTAGE, or POWER_MONITOR_FIXED_VOLTAGE) - * M450 - Set or report current tool. (Requires LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) - * M451-M459 - Set tool to Extruder, Laser, Spindle, etc. (Requires LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) * M486 - Identify and cancel objects. (Requires CANCEL_OBJECTS) * M500 - Store parameters in EEPROM. (Requires EEPROM_SETTINGS) * M501 - Restore parameters from EEPROM. (Requires EEPROM_SETTINGS) @@ -896,19 +894,6 @@ class GcodeSuite { static void M430(); #endif - #if HAS_TOOLS - static void M450(); - static void M451(); // Extruder - static void M452(); // Laser - static void M453(); // Spindle - //static void M454(); - //static void M455(); - //static void M456(); - //static void M457(); - //static void M458(); - //static void M459(); - #endif - #if ENABLED(CANCEL_OBJECTS) static void M486(); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h index d58970d1c5ce..5ef0efa9684b 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h +++ b/Marlin/src/inc/Conditionals_adv.h @@ -253,10 +253,6 @@ #define NEEDS_HARDWARE_PWM 1 #endif -#if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) - #define HAS_TOOLS 1 -#endif - #if !defined(__AVR__) || !defined(USBCON) // Define constants and variables for buffering serial data. // Use only 0 or powers of 2 greater than 1 diff --git a/Marlin/src/lcd/marlinui.cpp b/Marlin/src/lcd/marlinui.cpp index 17465b75eae5..8fef36e25aa0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/lcd/marlinui.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/lcd/marlinui.cpp @@ -22,6 +22,8 @@ #include "../inc/MarlinConfig.h" +#include "../MarlinCore.h" // for printingIsPaused + #ifdef LED_BACKLIGHT_TIMEOUT #include "../feature/leds/leds.h" #endif @@ -38,19 +40,24 @@ #include "marlinui.h" MarlinUI ui; -#if EITHER(HAS_DISPLAY, DWIN_CREALITY_LCD) - #include "../MarlinCore.h" -#endif - #if HAS_DISPLAY #include "../gcode/queue.h" #include "fontutils.h" + #include "../sd/cardreader.h" #endif #if ENABLED(DWIN_CREALITY_LCD) #include "dwin/e3v2/dwin.h" #endif +#if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) && !IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL + #define BASIC_PROGRESS_BAR 1 +#endif + +#if ANY(HAS_DISPLAY, HAS_STATUS_MESSAGE, BASIC_PROGRESS_BAR) + #include "../module/printcounter.h" +#endif + #if LCD_HAS_WAIT_FOR_MOVE bool MarlinUI::wait_for_move; // = false #endif @@ -530,7 +537,7 @@ bool MarlinUI::get_blink() { * This is very display-dependent, so the lcd implementation draws this. */ -#if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) && !IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL +#if BASIC_PROGRESS_BAR millis_t MarlinUI::progress_bar_ms; // = 0 #if PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE > 0 millis_t MarlinUI::expire_status_ms; // = 0 @@ -541,7 +548,7 @@ void MarlinUI::status_screen() { TERN_(HAS_LCD_MENU, ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLY(false)); - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) && !IS_TFTGLCD_PANEL + #if BASIC_PROGRESS_BAR // // HD44780 implements the following message blinking and @@ -581,7 +588,7 @@ void MarlinUI::status_screen() { #endif // PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE - #endif // LCD_PROGRESS_BAR + #endif // BASIC_PROGRESS_BAR #if HAS_LCD_MENU if (use_click()) { @@ -1348,6 +1355,7 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { /** * Reset the status message */ + void MarlinUI::reset_status(const bool no_welcome) { #if SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 > 0 static PGMSTR(service1, "> " SERVICE_NAME_1 "!"); @@ -1433,9 +1441,9 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { void MarlinUI::finish_status(const bool persist) { - #if HAS_SPI_LCD + #if HAS_WIRED_LCD - #if !(ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) && (PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE) > 0) + #if !(BASIC_PROGRESS_BAR && (PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE) > 0) UNUSED(persist); #endif @@ -1443,7 +1451,7 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { const millis_t ms = millis(); #endif - #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR) + #if BASIC_PROGRESS_BAR progress_bar_ms = ms; #if PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE > 0 expire_status_ms = persist ? 0 : ms + PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE; @@ -1457,7 +1465,7 @@ void MarlinUI::update() { #if ENABLED(STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING) status_scroll_offset = 0; #endif - #else // HAS_SPI_LCD + #else // HAS_WIRED_LCD UNUSED(persist); #endif diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp index f982bc44e63a..49eca7047cdc 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/stepper.cpp @@ -1991,10 +1991,14 @@ uint32_t Stepper::block_phase_isr() { // Sync block? Sync the stepper counts or fan speeds and return while (current_block->flag & BLOCK_MASK_SYNC) { - if (TERN0(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107, TEST(current_block->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_FANS))) - planner.sync_fan_speeds(current_block->fan_speed); - else - _set_position(current_block->position); + #if ENABLED(LASER_SYNCHRONOUS_M106_M107) + const bool is_sync_fans = TEST(current_block->flag, BLOCK_BIT_SYNC_FANS); + if (is_sync_fans) planner.sync_fan_speeds(current_block->fan_speed); + #else + constexpr bool is_sync_fans = false; + #endif + + if (!is_sync_fans) _set_position(current_block->position); discard_current_block(); diff --git a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp index f86c06952d1b..a9b7ab13ebb0 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp +++ b/Marlin/src/module/temperature.cpp @@ -196,10 +196,6 @@ #include "../libs/buzzer.h" #endif -#if HAS_TOOLS - #include "../feature/tool.h" -#endif - #if HAS_SERVOS #include "servo.h" #endif @@ -500,11 +496,6 @@ volatile bool Temperature::raw_temps_ready = false; * temperature to succeed. */ void Temperature::PID_autotune(const float &target, const heater_id_t heater_id, const int8_t ncycles, const bool set_result/*=false*/) { - - // The extruder must be the current tool - if (TERN0(HAS_TOOLS, !tool.is_selected(TOOL_TYPE_EXTRUDER))) - return; - float current_temp = 0.0; int cycles = 0; bool heating = true; diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_MKS_ROBIN_NANO_V3.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_MKS_ROBIN_NANO_V3.h index f9e85c49190d..726e9a658626 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_MKS_ROBIN_NANO_V3.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_MKS_ROBIN_NANO_V3.h @@ -322,7 +322,8 @@ #define TFT_BUFFER_SIZE 14400 -#elif HAS_SPI_LCD +#elif HAS_WIRED_LCD + #define BEEPER_PIN PC5 #define BTN_ENC PE13 #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD13 @@ -358,4 +359,5 @@ #define BOARD_ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(600) #endif // !MKS_MINI_12864 -#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD + +#endif // HAS_WIRED_LCD diff --git a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_MKS_ROBIN_PRO_V2.h b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_MKS_ROBIN_PRO_V2.h index f2ddfc2b5224..1000326dad8c 100644 --- a/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_MKS_ROBIN_PRO_V2.h +++ b/Marlin/src/pins/stm32f4/pins_MKS_ROBIN_PRO_V2.h @@ -327,7 +327,8 @@ //#define TFT_DRIVER ST7796 #define TFT_BUFFER_SIZE 14400 -#elif HAS_SPI_LCD +#elif HAS_WIRED_LCD + #define BEEPER_PIN PC5 #define BTN_ENC PE13 #define LCD_PINS_ENABLE PD13 @@ -369,4 +370,5 @@ #endif #endif // !MKS_MINI_12864 -#endif // HAS_SPI_LCD + +#endif // HAS_WIRED_LCD diff --git a/platformio.ini b/platformio.ini index 406677d016e0..941426d73286 100644 --- a/platformio.ini +++ b/platformio.ini @@ -116,7 +116,6 @@ default_src_filter = + - - + - - - - - - - - - - - @@ -349,7 +348,6 @@ HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR = src_filter=+ + + MK2_MULTIPLEXER = src_filter=+ HAS_CUTTER = src_filter=+ + -HAS_TOOLS = src_filter=+ EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS = src_filter=+ + MECHANICAL_GANTRY_CAL.+ = src_filter=+ Z_MULTI_ENDSTOPS = src_filter=+